Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Travel Lodging / InterContinental Hotels Group

InterContinental Hotels Group

ihg · NYSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker ihg
Exchange NYSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Travel Lodging
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2009 Annual Report · InterContinental Hotels Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Page 2 
Overview

Page 7 
Business review

Page 2 
Headlines

Record number 
of hotels opened

439

Page 3 
Chairman’s statement

Page 4 
Chief Executive’s review

Page 6 
World class brands

Page 8
Business overview 

Page 10 
Strategy

Page 10 
Key performance
indicators

Page 12 
Group performance

Page 14 
Regional performance

Page 20 
Central and System
fund results

Page 20 
Other financial
information

Page 22 
Our people

Page 26 
Corporate 
responsibility

Page 29
Risk management 

IHG in brief

Every great company has a clear
understanding of what it’s trying to do. 
IHG’s core purpose is creating Great Hotels
Guests Love with everything we do focused
on the guest, or supporting the people who
serve our guests.

We operate hotels in three different ways 
– as a franchisor, a manager and on an 
owned and leased basis. 

We operate seven leading hotel brands –
InterContinental, Crowne Plaza, Hotel
Indigo, Holiday Inn, Holiday Inn Express,
Staybridge Suites and Candlewood Suites. 

We manage the world’s largest hotel 
loyalty programme, Priority Club Rewards,
which has 48 million members worldwide.

We have more guest rooms in our system
than any other hotel company in the world –
almost 650,000 rooms in over 4,400 hotels 
in over 100 countries and territories.

We are structured around three regions: 
The Americas; Europe, Middle East and
Africa; and Asia Pacific.

Page 35 
The Board, 
senior
management 
and their
responsibilities

Page 36
The Board of Directors 

Page 37 
Other members of the
Executive Committee

Page 38 
Directors’ report

Page 40 
Corporate governance

Page 45 
Audit Committee report

Page 46 
Remuneration report

Page 57 
Group financial 
statements

Page 105 
Parent company 
financial
statements

Page 111 
Useful
information

Page 112
Glossary

Page 113
Shareholder profiles 

Page 114
Investor information

Page 115
Dividend history and
Financial calendar

Page 116
Contacts

Page 117
Forward-looking
statements

Page 58
Statements of Directors’
responsibilities

Page 106
Parent company
balance sheet

Page 107
Notes to the parent
company financial
statements

Page 109
Statement 
of Directors’
responsibilities

Page 110
Independent auditor’s
report to the members

Page 59
Independent auditor’s
report to the members

Page 60
Group income
statement 

Page 61
Group statement 
of comprehensive
income

Page 62
Group statement of
changes in equity

Page 63
Group statement of
financial position

Page 64
Group statement 
of cash flows

Page 65
Accounting policies

Page 70
Notes to the Group
financial statements

1
1

O
V
E
R
V
I

E
W

I

B
U
S
N
E
S
S

R
E
V
I

E
W

T
H
E

I

R
R
E
S
P
O
N
S

I

B

I
L
I
T
I

E
S

I

S
E
N
O
R
M
A
N
A
G
E
M
E
N
T
A
N
D

T
H
E
B
O
A
R
D

,

G
R
O
U
P
F
I
N
A
N
C

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
L

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

P
A
R
E
N
T
C
O
M
P
A
N
Y

U
S
E
F
U
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I

O
N

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Headlines

Record 439 hotels opened 
Net room additions of 26,828 rooms 
Total hotels open under IHG brands 
up 6% to 4,438 hotels
Signings of 52,891 rooms (345 hotels)
with development pipeline now totalling 
210,363 rooms (1,438 hotels)
Revenue per available room‡
down 14.7%
Total gross revenue† from all hotels in IHG system 
down 12% to $16.8bn
Revenue∞
down 19% to $1,538mº
Operating profit before exceptional items∞
down 34% to $363mº
Sustainable regional and central cost savings 
of $50m ($95m of total savings)
68% of total rooms’ revenue booked through IHG’s
channels or by Priority Club Rewards members direct to hotel; 
up from 64% in 2008
6m new Priority Club Rewards members enrolled 
(48m members in total)
Total adjusted earnings per share 
down 15% to 102.8¢
Final dividend maintained 
at 29.2¢ (sterling equivalent of 18.7p)

‡ System room revenue divided by the number of room 
nights available (on a comparable RevPAR basis).

† Total room revenue from franchised hotels and total hotel 
revenue from managed, owned and leased hotels (not all
attributable to IHG).

∞ Hotels previously accounted for as discontinued operations have
been re-presented as continuing operations and the relevant
comparatives restated. 

º Includes one significant liquidated damages receipt in 2009 

in EMEA totalling $3m and four in 2008 totalling $33m; $13m 
in The Americas, $16m in EMEA, $4m in Asia Pacific. 

Crowne Plaza, Today Gurgaon, India

Headlines and Chairman’s statement

3

O
V
E
R
V
I

E
W

“During 2009, strong
management actions 
have helped to mitigate 
the impact of the difficult
trading environment on 
IHG’s results, enabling 
us to outperform the
competition and deliver 
on our priorities.”

David Webster
Chairman

Chairman’s statement

Dear Shareholder

Performance

Reflecting the challenging conditions across the global hotel industry, our revenue
decreased 19 per cent to $1.5 billion, with operating profit before exceptional items of
$363 million, down 34 per cent. Despite this, the robustness of our core franchise and
management fee model has proved itself, with strong underlying margin performance. 

Adjusted earnings per share decreased just 15 per cent from 120.9 cents to
102.8 cents due to a lower interest charge and substantially reduced tax rate. This 
was as a result of certain prior year tax contingencies, primarily as a result of the 
final resolution of various tax audits. We had a $373 million exceptional charge in 
the year. This included $197 million of non-cash impairments reflecting the ongoing
poor trading environment; a $91 million onerous management contract provision 
in the US; $19 million in relation to the Holiday Inn relaunch; and $43 million of
reorganisation costs. 

The Board is recommending that the final dividend for 2009 is maintained at
29.2 cents per share, giving a full-year dividend of 41.4 cents per share, flat on 2008. 
This converts to a sterling full-year dividend of 26.0 pence, broadly flat compared 
with 2008. 

Board

I am pleased to welcome Graham Allan to IHG as a Non-Executive Director. 
Graham joined the Board on 1 January 2010 and is the President of Yum! Restaurants
International, a subsidiary of Yum! Brands, Inc., which operates quick service
restaurant brands including KFC, Pizza Hut and Taco Bell in over 100 countries
worldwide. Graham brings a wealth of brand management, marketing and franchising
experience, which will be of significant benefit to IHG.

Financial position and shareholder returns

Our careful control over cash has enabled us to reduce our overall net debt position 
by $0.2 billion to $1.1 billion, an excellent achievement considering the challenging
trading environment during the year. In December 2009, we issued a seven-year
£250 million bond which was swapped into US dollars and used to reduce the term
loan which matures in November 2010 from $500 million to $85 million. Last year 
we refinanced our $1.6 billion syndicated loan facility which matures in May 2013. In
order to preserve cash and maintain the strength of our balance sheet, the remaining
£30 million of the share buyback programme was deferred in 2008; consequently, 
no returns above normal dividends were made to shareholders in 2009. Total funds
returned since March 2004 amount to more than £3.5 billion.

Outlook

2009 was a challenging year for the whole hotel market. We have taken decisive
actions to minimise the impact on our business, having achieved a $50 million
sustainable reduction in regional and central costs, representing a saving of 
over 15 per cent, whilst opening a record 439 hotels and driving forward with the
Holiday Inn relaunch. 

On behalf of the Board, I should like to thank everyone in IHG for their unstinting
efforts in a difficult year and their commitment to the future success of our business.
The trading environment will continue to be tough in 2010 but I remain confident 
that our global scale, fee-based business model, powerful system and proven
management team position us well to benefit from the upturn when it comes.

David Webster 
Chairman

“In a difficult year we’ve taken
decisive actions to improve 
the efficiency of our business,
significantly reducing costs
while opening a record number
of hotels and driving forward
with the $1 billion Holiday Inn
relaunch.”

Andrew Cosslett
Chief Executive

4

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Chief Executive’s review

Our strategy is to be one 
of the very best companies 
in the world, delivering 
Great Hotels Guests Love

2009 proved to be one of the most challenging years on record, with double-digit
declines in revenue per available room (RevPAR) leading to lower profits. 

In a difficult market we outperformed the competition and delivered well on the 
key priorities we set at the beginning of the financial crisis.

Focus on efficiency

We exceeded our cost savings target for the year, reducing central and regional costs
by $95 million of which $50 million is sustainable. We also delivered $25 million of
sustainable cost savings in our franchised and managed businesses. In addition, we
have taken similar actions to increase the efficiency of the system fund spending. 

Support hotel performance

As the financial crisis took hold, we were able to harness the power of our global
system to support performance in our hotels. Rooms revenue booked through our
reservations channels or by Priority Club Rewards members direct to hotel, rose 
four percentage points on last year to 68 per cent. We also introduced a number 
of initiatives to help owners keep operating costs down.

Build quality distribution

During the year, we added a record 439 hotels to our system, over 80 per cent of 
which were ‘new-build’, and we signed 345 hotels into our development pipeline. 
This is a noteworthy achievement given the scarcity of financing and is a testament 
to the strength of our brands and the power of our system. 

Our drive for quality continued with the removal of almost 30,000 rooms in the year.
We made excellent progress with the Holiday Inn relaunch with over 50 per cent 
of the hotels now operating under the new standards. The consumer marketing
campaign started over the summer and the relaunched hotels continue to show
encouraging results.

The relationship we enjoy with our owners has been key to managing through this
downturn and we continue to work side by side on our shared purpose of creating
Great Hotels Guests Love.

The actions we have taken in 2009 build on IHG’s transformation to an asset-light, 
fee-based, aligned business with the brand strength and scale to drive market share
and operational efficiencies whatever the market conditions. Our resilience through
this downturn demonstrates the robustness of this strategy. We will continue to focus
hard on execution in 2010 to drive competitive advantage and deliver sustained value
to our shareholders. 

Andrew Cosslett
Chief Executive

Chief Executive’s review

5

O
V
E
R
V
I

E
W

Q
How will IHG make the most of the
upturn when it comes?

A During these tough economic times,
we’ve taken decisive action both to
strengthen the efficiency of our business
and to keep on course with our growth
strategy. 

We continued to invest in our people, our
systems and our brands, while forging
even closer working relationships with
our hotel owners and partners.

With momentum and a united, winning
spirit inside the business, IHG is well
placed to make the most of the upturn
when it comes.

Questions and Answers with the Chief Executive:

Q
What has been IHG’s strategy to
deal with the difficult economic
climate and how successful has 
it been?

A Over the past few years, we’ve taken
a number of strategic actions to become
more efficient and effective and make
better use of our global scale. The most
important of these was the decision to
focus on becoming a predominantly
franchised and managed, fee-based
business. This gives us a more
predictable income stream, strong cash
generation and allows us to continue to
grow because new hotels are funded by
third-party investment. Over the past 
18 months, our continued growth in new
rooms has helped offset some of the
revenue lost from RevPAR declines. 

Driving revenue into our hotels has been
a priority and our ‘system’ is key to
delivering this. Our system comprises
our world class reservations centres,
websites, global sales teams and Priority
Club Rewards loyalty scheme and
delivered 68 per cent of rooms revenue
to our hotels in 2009.

Reducing our corporate and regional
cost base was crucial to managing
through the downturn. This was
something on which we were already
engaged, but in response to the
economic climate we stepped up the
pace of change. While we’ve been able to
reduce costs by taking better advantage
of our scale, we also had to make
reductions in our numbers and this
unfortunately impacted jobs. The action
we took this year to reduce our costs,
while difficult, allowed us to conserve
cash and continue to invest in those
things that drive guests to our hotels 
and revenues to our owners.

Finally, the great working relationship 
we enjoy with our owners, both directly
and through the IAHI, our Owners’
Association, has also been key. By
working side by side with our hotel
owners, we’re able to focus on the 
guest experience and on delivering
Great Hotels Guests Love.

Q
With owners looking for support 
to reduce costs, why is the Holiday
Inn relaunch still a priority?

A We set about the relaunch of 
Holiday Inn in 2007 – and although no
one could have predicted the economic
circumstances we have since faced,
we’ve pushed on with the $1 billion
programme because we believe this 
is exactly the right time to be doing it. 

The relaunch is re-setting people’s
perceptions of Holiday Inn. In their
search for great value they’re giving the
brand another try and liking what they
find. Guest satisfaction is up and owners
are seeing RevPAR outperformance.
These economic circumstances might
seem like a great reason to shy away
from making such big changes, but time
will show that it is both a very opportune
and very effective initiative for this, our
biggest brand.

Q
Has it been difficult to retain 
loyal customers while guests 
have been so focused on price 
and value for money?

A Our most loyal customers – the 
48 million members of our Priority Club
Rewards programme – have been our
most supportive. Not only do these
guests stay with us more often, they
spend more when they do.

A guest’s loyalty can never be taken for
granted – it is something that can take
years to achieve and seconds to lose. So
we have made sure we have continued 
to add benefits to the loyalty programme
right through the downturn, and made
membership of it even more worthwhile.

This year we enrolled six million new
members into the programme – that’s 
a significant number of people whose
first choice will now be to stay in one of
our hotels. 

6

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

World class brands
and our multi-award-winning loyalty programme, Priority Club Rewards 

InterContinental Hotels 
& Resorts
In the know 

Our well-travelled guests
expect superior, understated
service and outstanding
facilities. We also share our
knowledge and love of local
culture, to give guests an
authentic experience.

Crowne Plaza 
The Place To Meet 

Hotel Indigo 
Refreshingly Local 

Holiday Inn
Change is Happening

Simplified elegance, comfort
and a first class 24-hour
business service make
Crowne Plaza the choice 
for discerning business 
and leisure travellers.

Whether travelling for
business or leisure, Hotel
Indigo delivers the charm 
of a boutique hotel with the
consistency and reliability 
of a big hotel company.

We’ve always been known for
our friendly service, comfort
and value. Now, with over half
of our hotels relaunched
around the world, business
and leisure travellers are
finding Holiday Inn offers even
better quality and service.

166 hotels
56,121 rooms

366 hotels
100,994 rooms

33 hotels
4,030 rooms

1,319 hotels
240,568 rooms

63 hotels (20,173 rooms)
in development pipeline

129 hotels (38,555 rooms)
in development pipeline

53 hotels (6,660 rooms)
in development pipeline

338 hotels (59,008 rooms)
in development pipeline

Holiday Inn Express
Change is Happening

One of the fastest-growing
hotel brands in the 
limited service category,
Holiday Inn Express 
offers convenience and
comfort at great value.

Staybridge Suites 
Get Comfortable

Staybridge Suites is ideal 
for business and leisure
travellers who want to 
stay for longer periods of
time and enjoy the best 
of home and hotel.

Candlewood Suites
Feel Free

Spacious studios and 
one-bedroom suites make
Candlewood Suites ideal for
longer-stay guests looking 
for convenience and comfort
at a good value price.

Priority Club Rewards 
It’s easier. Enjoy.

The world’s first and largest
hotel loyalty programme,
Priority Club Rewards (PCR) 
offers members more ways to
earn and redeem points than
any other hotel scheme.

2,069 hotels
188,007 rooms

182 hotels
19,885 rooms

254 hotels
25,283 rooms

563 hotels (57,756 rooms)
in development pipeline

123 hotels (13,360 rooms)
in development pipeline

169 hotels (14,851 rooms)
in development pipeline

We have 48 million members
– The world’s largest hotel
loyalty programme

Business review

World class brands and Business review

7

In this section we present 
an overview of our business,
including the markets in 
which we work, our operating
environment and our strategy. 
We set out our key performance
indicators, describe the
development and performance 
of the business during 2009, 
and provide a comprehensive
review of our approach towards
our employees, corporate
responsibility and risk
management throughout 
the Group.

I

B
U
S
N
E
S
S

R
E
V
I

E
W

8 Business overview
8 Market and competitive environment
9 Business model
9 Global operating system
10 Business relationships

Strategy

10
10 Where we compete
11 How we win

12 Group performance
12 Group results
12
13 Global hotel and room count
13 Global pipeline

Total gross revenue 

14
16
18
20
20

The Americas
Europe, Middle East and Africa 
Asia Pacific
Central
System Funds

20 Other financial information
Exceptional operating items
20
20 Net financial expenses
21
21
21 Dividends
Share price and market capitalisation
21
21 Capital structure and liquidity management

Taxation
Earnings per share

Focusing on the right activity

22 Our people
22 Creating the right environment
22 Displaying the right behaviour
22
22 Room to be yourself
23 Winning Ways
London 2012 
25
25 Celebrating diversity
External recognition
25
Economic conditions
25
Ensuring health and safety 
25

Corporate responsibility

26
26 Our approach
26 Review of 2009
Awards
27
27 Policies and Code of Ethics
28 Performance and targets

29 Risk management
29 Corporate risk management
31 Managing risk in hotels
31 Major risks 
32

2010 risk factors

InterContinental Bali Resort, Indonesia

 
8

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Business review 

This Business Review for 
the financial year ended
31 December 2009 provides 
a review of the business and
strategy of InterContinental 
Hotels Group PLC (the Group 
or IHG), commentaries on the
development and performance 
of the business, employee and
environmental matters and a
description of the risks and
uncertainties impacting 
the business.

Business overview
Market and competitive environment
Global economic events and industry cycle
The economic conditions of the last year have had a significant
impact on IHG and the wider hotel industry. We continue to monitor
key trends and business fundamentals, such as revenue per
available room (RevPAR) to ensure our strategy remains well 
suited to the developing environment and our capabilities, and we
believe our business is resilient. Accordingly, our strategy remains
unchanged. However, we see short-term risks in the pace of future
openings and the recovery in consumer demand, particularly
business travel.

The downturn continued to be severe in 2009, with a sharp decline
in global industry RevPAR and bookings. Our industry has always
been cyclical and there are signs that business and consumer
confidence is returning and RevPAR is beginning a slow recovery.
Historically as an industry, in previous cycles, we have experienced
periods of five to eight years of RevPAR growth followed by up to
two years of declines in RevPAR. Demand has rarely fallen for
sustained periods and it is the interplay between hotel supply and
demand in the industry that drives longer-term fluctuations in
RevPAR. The difference in the recovery this time is likely to be
slower increases in supply due to the ongoing finance environment
remaining at more ‘normal’ levels compared with 2005 to 2008, 
and muted demand recovery as discretionary income growth and
corporate profit growth are held back by, amongst other issues, 
tax increases and reduced access to credit. The Group’s fee-based
profit is partly protected from changes in hotel supply or demand
due to its model of third-party ownership of hotels under IHG
franchise and management contracts. IHG profit varies more with
hotel revenue (demand) than it does with hotel profit performance.
Accordingly, IHG’s share price saw some significant recovery and
stabilisation since the lows of last spring. Our share price
increased by 59% in the 12 months to 31 December 2009 and those
of our listed company competitors increased by an average 56%
over the same period. We believe we are well placed over the
coming year compared with competitors who own hotels, rather
than simply operate them, as IHG does.

Market size
The global hotel market has an estimated room capacity of
18 million rooms. This has grown at approximately 2% per 
annum over the last five years. Competitors in the market include
other hotel companies, both large and small, and independently
owned hotels.

The market remains fragmented, with an estimated eight million
branded hotel rooms (approximately 45% of the total market). IHG
has an estimated 8% share of the branded market (approximately
3% of the total market). The top six major companies, including
IHG, together control approximately 41% of the branded rooms,
only 18% of total hotel rooms. 

Geographically, the market is more concentrated with the top
20 countries accounting for more than 80% of global hotel rooms.
Within this, the United States (US) is dominant (approximately 25%
of global hotel rooms) with China, Spain and Italy being the next
largest markets. The Group’s brands have more leadership
positions (top three by room numbers) in the six largest geographic
markets than any other major hotel company.

Drivers of growth
US market data historically indicates a steady increase in hotel
industry revenues, broadly in line with Gross Domestic Product
(GDP), with growth of approximately 1.5% per annum in real terms
since 1967. 

Globally, we believe demand is driven by a number of underlying
trends:

• change in demographics – as the population ages and becomes
wealthier, increased leisure time and income encourages more
travel and hotel visits: younger generations are increasingly
seeking work/life balance, with positive implications for
increased leisure travel;

• increase in travel volumes as airline capacity grows and

affordability improves, accentuated in some regions by the
strength of the market positions of low-cost airlines;

• globalisation of trade and tourism;

• increase in affluence and freedom to travel within emerging

markets, such as China and Brazil; and

• increase in the preference for branded hotels amongst consumers.

Branded v unbranded

2009 branded hotel rooms 
as a percentage of the total market

US

Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA)

Asia Pacific (APAC)

Source: IHG analysis, Smith Travel Research (STR).

69%

34%

29%

Business review
Business review

9
9

IHG global room count by ownership type 
at 31 December 2009

Franchised

Managed

Owned and leased

IHG continuing operating profit* by ownership type 
for the year ended 31 December 2009

Franchised

Managed

Owned and leased

I

B
U
S
N
E
S
S

R
E
V
I

E
W

* Before regional and central overheads, exceptional items, 

interest and tax.

The IHG global operating system 
IHG’s operating system is our means of driving demand to our
hotels. It comprises hotel distribution, brands, reservations
systems, web presence, our rewards scheme and other elements.
It is the largest such system in the industry and the engine of our
business, delivering, on average, 68% of total rooms revenue.

System funds

Annual system 
funds totalling 
c.$1 billion

P

ri

o

rit

t
h

y 

p

L

r

o

o

y

g

a

r

a

lt
y

m

t
h

e

 l

C
l
u

o

v

a

b

e

 i

n

e

r

r

g

4

d

u

m

8

e

m

m

b

e

illi

r

s

o

n

m

e

R

e

e

s

t i
s
t
r
y,

n

w

a

r

d

s
, 

IHG’s system 
delivers 68% 
of total rooms
revenue

Web presence

Network of global sites 
across 13 languages

Scale
4,438 hotels
m illion
roo m nights 
per annu m
over 130

Brand portfolio

7 hotel brands 
covering all 
major segments

1

0

R

e

s

c

a

t
h

e

ll c

e

s

y

r

v

s
t

e

a

ti

o

m

n

2

9

w

e

o

rl

n
t
r

e

d

 c

n

l
a

g

u

o

v

s 

a

r

o

e

a

g

e

u

ri

n

n

d

s

g

s

s 

Market coverage

Leadership 
positions in 6 largest
hotel markets, more 
than any other hotel
company

Sales force 
Global sales tea m 
of m ore than 
professionals
8,000 

Within the global market, just under half of hotel rooms are 
branded; however, there has been an increasing trend towards
branded rooms. Over the last three years, the branded market 
(as represented by the nine major global branded hotel companies)
has grown at a 3.8% compound annual growth rate (CAGR), twice 
as quickly as the overall market, implying an increased preference
towards branded hotels. Branded companies are therefore gaining
market share at the expense of unbranded companies. IHG is well
positioned to benefit from this trend. Hotel owners are increasingly
recognising the benefits of franchising or managing with IHG which
can offer a portfolio of brands to suit the different real estate
opportunities an owner may have, together with effective revenue
delivery through global reservations channels. Furthermore, hotel
ownership is increasingly being separated from hotel operations,
encouraging hotel owners to use third parties such as IHG to
manage their hotels. 

Other factors
Potential negative trends impacting hotel industry growth include
the possibility of increased terrorism and increased security
measures, environmental considerations and economic factors
such as the longevity of the downturn.

Our business model
IHG’s future growth will be achieved predominantly through
franchising and managing rather than owning hotels.
Approximately 641,000 rooms operating under Group brands are
franchised or managed and 5,800 rooms are owned and leased.

The franchised and managed fee-based model is attractive
because it enables the Group to achieve its goals with limited
capital investment at an accelerated pace. A further advantage is
the reduced volatility of the fee-based income stream, compared
with ownership of assets.

A key characteristic of the franchised and managed business is
that it generates more cash than is required for investment in the
business, with a high return on capital employed. Currently 87% 
of continuing earnings before regional and central overheads,
exceptional items, interest and tax is derived from franchised 
and managed operations.

The key features of our business model are represented in the
following table and charts.

Franchised  Managed
IHG 

IHG 

Brand
Marketing and
distribution
Staff

IHG
Third party

Ownership
IHG capital
IHG revenue

Total hotels

Third party
None
Fee % of
rooms
revenue
3,799 

Owned 
and leased
IHG

IHG
IHG

IHG
High
All revenue

17

IHG
IHG usually
supplies general
manager as a 
minimum
Third party
Low/none
Fee % of total
revenue plus
% of profit
622

 
 
 
 
 
 
10

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Business review continued

Business relationships 
IHG maintains effective relationships across all aspects of its
operations. The Group’s operations are not dependent upon any
single customer, supplier or hotel owner due to the extent of its
brands, market segments and geographical coverage. For example,
IHG’s largest third-party hotel owner controls only 3% of the
Group’s total room count.

Emphasis on revised procurement processes during 2009
continues to improve IHG’s relationships with suppliers. We
continue to see opportunities for improving effectiveness and
efficiency of our buying and sourcing arrangements and are
working with suppliers to realise and consolidate these benefits 
for both IHG and our hotel owners.

To promote effective owner relationships, the Group’s management
meets with owners on a regular basis. In addition, IHG has an
important relationship with the IAHI, the Owners’ Association. 
The IAHI is an independent worldwide association for owners of 
the InterContinental, Crowne Plaza, Holiday Inn, Holiday Inn Express,
Hotel Indigo, Staybridge Suites and Candlewood Suites brands. 

Strategy

IHG’s ambition
IHG is focused on its core purpose of creating Great Hotels Guests
Love. We seek to deliver, among other key performance indicators
(KPIs), enduring top quartile shareholder returns when measured
against a broad global hotel peer group.

For the three-year period of 2007 to 2009, IHG was fourth among 
its peers on Total Shareholder Return (TSR).

We have also developed and will measure ourselves against a
collection of specific KPIs aimed at delivering our core purpose,
cascaded to the hotel level. 

Successful performance against various combinations of these
metrics drives payment of a significant percentage of senior
management discretionary remuneration.

IHG’s strategy
Our strategy has seen significant development through 2009 as 
we moved to make our core purpose a reality, despite challenging
economic circumstances. In 2009, we took a hard look at our
operations and capabilities to focus on what really matters most 
to deliver Great Hotels Guests Love. We have backed this up with 
a major effort to align our people and measure the most important
drivers, resulting in a clear, target-based programme within our
hotels to motivate teams and guide behaviours.

IHG and the IAHI work together to support and facilitate the
continued development of IHG’s brands and systems, with specific
emphasis during 2009 and into 2010 on the relaunch of the Holiday
Inn and Holiday Inn Express brands and our continued response to
the economic downturn. Additionally, IHG and the IAHI continue to
work together to develop and facilitate key Corporate Responsibility
(CR) and operational initiatives within the IHG brands.

Many jurisdictions and countries regulate the offering of franchise
agreements and recent trends indicate an increase in the number
of countries adopting franchise legislation. As a significant
percentage of the Group’s revenue is derived from franchise fees,
the Group’s continued compliance with franchise legislation is
important to the successful deployment of the Group’s strategy.

Our strategy encompasses two key aspects:

• where we choose to compete; and 

• how we will win when we compete. 

The Group’s underlying ‘Where’ strategy is that IHG will grow a
portfolio of differentiated hospitality brands in select strategic
countries and global key cities to maximise our scale advantage.
The ‘How’ aspect of our strategy flows from our core purpose and
our research at the hotel level as to what really makes a difference
for guests. 

In support of our overall strategy there are now five key priorities –
one ‘Where we compete’ and four ‘How we win’. 

To help our hotels and corporate staff measure their efforts in
achieving Great Hotels Guests Love, IHG provides clear metrics
aligned with the four ‘How we win’ priorities against which
progress is gauged. Our Group strategy also translates into specific
regional objectives and priorities. These are set out in the regional
reviews on pages 14 to 19.

Where we compete

Strategic priorities

To accelerate profitable
growth of our core
business in the largest
markets where scale
really counts and also 
in key global gateway
cities. Seek opportunities
to leverage our scale in
new business areas.

Key performance indicators 
(KPIs)

Current status and 
2009 developments

2010 priorities

• Deal signings focused in 
scale markets and key 
gateway cities.

• 90% of deals signed in scale

• Continue international roll-out of

markets and key gateway cities; 

Staybridge Suites and Hotel Indigo;

• 10 signings of Hotel Indigo and

Staybridge Suites outside of North
America; and

• 439 hotels opened globally.

• execute growth strategies in
agreed scale markets; and

• continue to leverage scale and

build improved strategic position
during the economic downturn.

Business review

11

Key performance indicators 
(KPIs)

Current status and 
2009 developments

2010 priorities

17.8

19.1

16.8

• Increased proportion of revenue

• Increase global salesforce

How we win

Strategic priorities

Financial returns

To generate higher
returns for owners and
IHG through revenue
delivery and improved
operating efficiency.

Our people

To create a more
efficient organisation
with strong core
capabilities.

2007

2008

2009

Total gross revenue (TGR)
Actual US$bn

60%

64%

68%

2007

2008

2009

Percentage system contribution revenue
(reservations channels and PCR 
members direct)
As percentage of rooms revenue

65%

68%

69%

2007

2009
Employee engagement scores

2008

Guest experience

To operate a portfolio 
of brands attractive 
to both owners and
guests that have clear
market positions and
differentiation in the
eyes of the guest.

6.9%

2007

0.9% (14.7)%
2008

2009
Global RevPAR growth/(decline)
Comparable hotels, constant US$

 IC CHINA

 8.9%

 All brands APAC  4.3%

 IC Global  2.1%

 HIEx US   1.7%

 All brands Middle East  0.9%

 IC EMEA  0.7%

RevPAR growth ahead of market (%pts)*
IC: InterContinental

HIEx: Holday Inn Express

delivery through IHG global
reservations channels and PCR
members direct by four percentage
points to an average 68% of global
hotel rooms revenue in 2009;

• major procurement savings made;

• increased use of offshore

transaction processing; and

• technology infrastructure

developed to support owner
management and loyalty
marketing.

effectiveness;

• continue further procurement

programmes to identify
efficiencies;

• begin migration to next-generation
revenue management IT systems;
and

• continue focus on our owned 
and managed estate margins 
and return on capital employed 
(ROCE), especially in our key
InterContinental assets.

I

B
U
S
N
E
S
S

R
E
V
I

E
W

• Continued to cascade 

Great Hotels Guests Love in
hotels and corporate offices;

• meeting ongoing resourcing
requirements to match hotel
growth in scale markets;

• managing employee engagement;

and

• continued focus on attracting 

and retaining talent. 

• First 1,697 relaunched Holiday Inn 
and Holiday Inn Express hotels
open around the world; and

• industry-leading Priority Club

Rewards (PCR) loyalty programme
with 48 million members,
contributing $5.6bn of global
system rooms revenue.

• Drive greater efficiency and

simplicity through better use 
of technology; and

• focus on developing skills 

to support our key goals for
responsible business, guest
experience and financial returns.

• Complete Holiday Inn repositioning

roll-out; 

• continue to simplify brand

standards process to improve
owner returns without impairing
guest experience; and

• continue to enhance experience 
for PCR members in hotels and
across global reservations
channels; increase IHG business
from PCR members.

Responsible business

To take an active stance
on environment and
community issues in
order to drive increased
value for IHG, owners
and guests.

* Source: IHG analysis and STR.

• As we roll out new systems,
the consumption of energy
and water as well as waste
will be tracked in all our
owned and managed hotels;
we expect to report further
on this next year – see
Corporate Responsibility
(CR) review on pages 26 to 28
for further information.

• Green Engage sustainability

• Continue to roll out the Green

management system developed
(patent pending); rolled out to over
900 hotels by 31 December 2009;

• extensive consumer research
undertaken to quantify ‘green’
opportunity with consumers; and

• CR approach defined and agreed –
see CR review on pages 26 to 28 
for additional details.

Engage sustainability management
system to 100% of our owned and
managed hotels and expand into
the franchised estate in all three
regions; and

• focus on innovation within new
and existing brands to deliver
valued ‘green’ related hotels 
and services to guests.

 
12

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Business review continued
Business review continued

Group performance
Group results

Revenue

Americas
EMEA
Asia Pacific
Central

Operating profit

Americas
EMEA
Asia Pacific
Central

Exceptional operating items

Net financial expenses 
(Loss)/profit before tax

Earnings per ordinary share
Basic
Adjusted

12 months ended 31 December

2009
$m

772
397
245
124
1,538

288
127
52
(104)
363
(373)
(10)
(54)
(64)

2008
$m

% 
change

963
518
290
126
1,897

465
171
68
(155)
549
(132)
417
(101)
316

(19.8)
(23.4)
(15.5)
(1.6)
(18.9)

(38.1)
(25.7)
(23.5)
32.9
(33.9)
(182.6)
(102.4)
46.5
(120.3)

74.7¢
102.8¢

91.3¢
120.9¢

(18.2)
(15.0)

Revenue decreased by 18.9% to $1,538m and operating profit
before exceptional items decreased by 33.9% to $363m during the
12 months ended 31 December 2009. Included in these results are
$3m of significant liquidated damages received by IHG in 2009 in
respect of the settlement of a franchise contract in the EMEA
region. During 2008, significant liquidated damages totalling $33m
were received across the Group. Excluding these, revenue and
operating profit before exceptional items decreased by 17.7% 
and 30.2% respectively. 

The results reflect the challenging global economic environment
faced by the Group throughout 2009. Group RevPAR fell 14.7%
during the year, with declines in both occupancy and rate. 
However, stabilising occupancy levels in the fourth quarter
indicated a slight rebound in trading conditions which resulted in 
a RevPAR decline of 10.9% compared to the fourth quarter in 2008.
Furthermore, IHG continued to achieve organic growth during the
year, increasing its net room count by 4.3% or 26,828 rooms. The
Group also made significant progress in the roll-out of the Holiday
Inn brand family relaunch, with 1,697 hotels converted globally as
at 31 December 2009. 

In the year, the Group took a number of actions to improve
efficiency and reduce costs which led to a reduction in regional and
central overheads of $95m, from $304m in 2008 to $209m in 2009,
including a $23m favourable movement in foreign exchange.

As a result of the declining real estate market, the InterContinental
Atlanta and Staybridge Suites Denver Cherry Creek no longer meet
the criteria for designation as held for sale assets. Consequently,
these hotels are no longer categorised as discontinued operations
and comparative figures have been re-presented accordingly. 

The average US dollar exchange rate strengthened against sterling
during 2009 (2009 $1=£0.64, 2008 $1=£0.55). Translated at constant
currency, applying 2008 exchange rates, revenue decreased by
17.0% and operating profit decreased by 35.9%.

The results include an exceptional operating charge of $373m,
which included a $91m charge comprising the write off of a cash
deposit related to certain management contracts with one US hotel
owner and the total estimated net cash outflows to this owner
under the guarantee, and $197m non-cash impairment charges.

Profit before tax was a loss of $64m for the year, compared to 
a profit of $316m in 2008. Basic earnings per ordinary share
decreased by 18.2% to 74.7¢ and adjusted earnings per ordinary 
share decreased by 15.0% to 102.8¢. 

Total gross revenue

InterContinental
Crowne Plaza
Holiday Inn
Holiday Inn Express
Staybridge Suites
Candlewood Suites
Other brands
Total

12 months ended 31 December

2009
$bn
3.8
3.0
5.4
3.6
0.4
0.3
0.3
16.8

2008
$bn
4.1
3.2
6.8
3.9
0.4
0.3
0.4
19.1

% 
change
(7.3)
(6.3)
(20.6)
(7.7)
–
–
(25.0)
(12.0)

One measure of overall IHG hotel system performance is the
growth in total gross revenue, defined as total room revenue from
franchised hotels and total hotel revenue from managed, owned
and leased hotels. Total gross revenue is not revenue attributable 
to IHG, as it is derived mainly from hotels owned by third parties. 

Total gross revenue decreased by 12.0% from $19.1bn in 2008 to
$16.8bn in 2009. Translated at constant currency, total gross
revenue decreased by 9.9%.

Business review

13

Rooms

Change
over 2008 

1,385
7,612
(9,123)
14,213
3,241
4,642
1,328

480
3,050
26,828

17,574
9,047
207
26,828

Rooms

Change
over 2008 

(1,711)
(2,914)
(5,253)
(12,514)
(4,749)
(6,939)
(552)
(90)
(34,722)

(30,573)
(3,964)
(185)
(34,722)

I

B
U
S
N
E
S
S

R
E
V
I

E
W

During 2009, the IHG global system (the number of hotels and
rooms which are franchised, managed, owned or leased by the
Group) increased by 252 hotels (26,828 rooms; 4.3%) to 4,438 hotels
(646,679 rooms). Openings of 439 hotels (55,345 rooms) were
focused, in particular, on continued expansion in the US and China.

System growth was driven by brands in the midscale limited
service and extended stay segments. Holiday Inn Express
represented over 50% of total net growth (137 hotels, 14,213
rooms), whilst Staybridge Suites and Candlewood Suites combined
represented approximately 30% (80 hotels, 7,883 rooms). IHG’s
lifestyle brand, Hotel Indigo, achieved net growth of approximately
50%, with 11 hotels (1,328 rooms) added during the year. 

Significant progress has been achieved on the Holiday Inn brand
family relaunch with 1,697 hotels open under the updated signage
and brand standards as at 31 December 2009. The relaunch aims
to refresh the brand and to deliver consistent best in class service 
and enhanced physical quality in all Holiday Inn and Holiday Inn
Express hotels. 

Non-brand conforming hotels continued to be removed from the
system; global removals totalled 187 hotels (28,517 rooms) during
2009, predominantly Holiday Inn and Holiday Inn Express hotels. 

At the end of 2009, the IHG pipeline totalled 1,438 hotels 
(210,363 rooms). The IHG pipeline represents hotels and rooms
where a contract has been signed and the appropriate fees paid.
Terminations in the pipeline occur for a number of reasons such 
as withdrawal of financing and changes in local market conditions.

IHG maintained a strong level of new signings despite the impact of
the global economic downturn, demonstrating continued demand
for IHG brands and represents a key driver of future profitability. 

In the year, signings across all regions of 52,891 rooms were added
to the pipeline. Overall, the opening of 55,345 rooms, combined
with an increase in pipeline terminations, resulted in a net pipeline
decline of 34,722 rooms. 

Global hotel and room count

At 31 December
Analysed by brand
InterContinental
Crowne Plaza
Holiday Inn
Holiday Inn Express
Staybridge Suites
Candlewood Suites
Hotel Indigo
Holiday Inn Club 
Vacations
Other

2009

166
366
1,319
2,069
182
254
33

6
43
4,438

Total
Analysed by ownership type

Franchised
Managed
Owned and leased

Total

3,799
622
17
4,438

Hotels

Change 
over 2008

7
24
(34)
137
30
50
11

5
22
252

214
37
1
252

2009

56,121
100,994
240,568
188,007
19,885
25,283
4,030

2,892
8,899
646,679

483,541
157,287
5,851
646,679

Global pipeline

At 31 December
Analysed by brand
InterContinental
Crowne Plaza
Holiday Inn
Holiday Inn Express
Staybridge Suites
Candlewood Suites
Hotel Indigo
Other

63
129
338
563
123
169
53
–
1,438

Total
Analysed by ownership type

Franchised
Managed
Owned and leased

Total

1,158
280
–
1,438

Global pipeline signings

Hotels

Change 
over 2008

2009

2009

20,173
38,555
59,008
57,756
13,360
14,851
6,660
–
210,363

126,386
83,977
–
210,363

(8)
(4)
(49)
(156)
(43)
(73)
(3)
(1)
(337)

(316)
(20)
(1)
(337)

At 31 December
Total

Hotels

Change 
over 2008
(348)

Rooms

Change over
2008 
(45,995)

2009
52,891

2009
345

 
14

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Business review continued

The Americas
Americas strategic role

2010 priorities

To optimise our core business and cash flow-generating
capability by focusing primarily on our substantial midscale
franchise business and profitable brand extensions 
and adjacencies.

• Complete the roll-out of Holiday Inn repositioning;

• cascade Great Hotels Guests Love to the hotel level;

• optimise IHG’s growth and development efforts; and

• focus upscale distribution growth across the InterContinental,

Crowne Plaza and Hotel Indigo brands.

Americas results

Revenue

Franchised
Managed
Owned and leased

Total

Franchised
Managed
Owned and leased

Operating profit before exceptional items
364
(40)
11
335
(47)
288

Regional overheads
Total 

2009
$m

437
110
225
772

12 months ended 31 December

2008
$m

495
168
300
963

426
51
55
532
(67)
465

% 
change

(11.7)
(34.5)
(25.0)
(19.8)

(14.6)
(178.4)
(80.0)
(37.0)
29.9
(38.1)

Americas comparable RevPAR movement on previous year

12 months ended
31 December 2009

Franchised

Crowne Plaza
Holiday Inn
Holiday Inn Express
All brands

Managed

InterContinental
Crowne Plaza
Holiday Inn
Staybridge Suites
Candlewood Suites
All brands

Owned and leased
InterContinental

(15.9)%
(15.5)%
(12.9)%
(14.3)%

(16.2)%
(19.2)%
(17.0)%
(14.8)%
(22.8)%
(17.8)%

(28.2)%

Revenue and operating profit before exceptional items decreased
by 19.8% to $772m and 38.1% to $288m respectively. Excluding the
receipt of significant liquidated damages of $13m in 2008, revenue
and operating profit declined by 18.7% and 36.3% respectively.

The region experienced challenging trading conditions throughout
the year leading to RevPAR, revenue and profit declines across all
ownership types. Despite RevPAR declines, the region’s US comparable
hotels demonstrated outperformance relative to the US market. 

Franchised revenue and operating profit decreased by 11.7% to
$437m and 14.6% to $364m respectively, compared to 2008. This
decrease was predominantly driven by a fall in royalty revenues as 

a consequence of a RevPAR decline of 14.3%. Revenues also
included the impact of a decline in real estate activity leading to
lower fees associated with activities such as the signing of new
hotels and conversions. An increase in overall room supply partially
offset the decline in revenue and profit. 

Managed revenues decreased by 34.5% to $110m during the year
or, by 29.0% excluding the impact of $13m in liquidated damages
received in 2008. All brands were impacted by the economic
downturn which resulted in RevPAR declines of 17.8%. Operating
profit declined by $91m ($78m excluding liquidated damages)
resulting in a loss of $40m. The loss was due to RevPAR driven
revenue declines, IHG funding owner’s priority return shortfalls on
a number of hotels managed by one owner and certain guarantee
payments. At the year end, an exceptional charge of $91m was
recognised comprising the write off of a deposit related to the priority
return contracts and the total estimated net cash outflows to this
owner under the guarantee. Therefore, future payments to this
owner will be charged against the provision and will not impact
operating results. The managed results also included the impact of
provisions recognised following the devaluation of the Venezuelan
currency and the potential impact of asset nationalisation.

Results from managed operations included revenues of $71m
(2008 $88m) and operating profit of $nil (2008 $6m) from properties
that are structured, for legal reasons, as operating leases but with
the same characteristics as management contracts. 

Owned and leased revenue declined by 25.0% to $225m and
operating profit decreased by 80.0% to $11m. Underlying trading
was driven by RevPAR declines, including the InterContinental
brand with a decline of 28.2%. Trading at the InterContinental New
York, in particular, was severely impacted by the collapse of the
financial markets. Results also included the impact of the sale 
of the Holiday Inn Jamaica, sold in August 2008, which led to a
reduction in revenue and operating profit of $16m and $2m
respectively when compared to 2008. 

As a result of the declining real estate market, the InterContinental
Atlanta and Staybridge Suites Denver Cherry Creek no longer 
meet the criteria for designation as held for sale assets and
consequently the results of these hotels are no longer categorised
as discontinued operations and comparative figures have been 
re-presented accordingly. 

Regional overheads declined by 29.9% during the year, from $67m
to $47m. The favourable movement was driven by increased
efficiencies and the impact of an organisational restructuring
undertaken to further align the regional structure with the
requirements of IHG’s owners and hotels. 

Business review

15

The Americas hotel and room count increased by 219 hotels 
(18,864 rooms) to 3,479 hotels (445,354 rooms). The growth
included openings of 375 hotels (40,584 rooms), predominantly
under the franchised business model. By brand, Holiday Inn
Express generated openings of 198 hotels (17,491 rooms) whilst 
the extended stay brands, Staybridge Suites and Candlewood
Suites, achieved openings of 78 hotels (7,548 rooms) in 2009. 
Net growth also included removals of 156 hotels (21,720 rooms),
predominantly Holiday Inn and Holiday Inn Express hotels removed
as part of the Group’s roll-out of the Holiday Inn brand family
relaunch which entails the removal of lower quality, non-brand
conforming hotels.

I

B
U
S
N
E
S
S

R
E
V
I

E
W

The Americas pipeline totalled 1,073 hotels (113,728 rooms) as at
31 December 2009. During the year, 29,353 room signings were
completed, compared with 60,402 room signings in 2008. Signing
levels declined as a result of lower real estate and construction
activity amid the economic downturn and an associated tightening
of credit availability. Demand in the key midscale segment
remained positive, representing 66% of hotel signings. 

Rooms

Change
over 2008 

(3)
4,566
(10,576)
12,260
2,948
4,642
1,328

480
3,219
18,864

15,934
2,723
207
18,864

Rooms

Change
over 2008 

(253)
(2,685)
(4,910)
(13,027)
(4,170)
(6,939)
(1,045)
(33,029)

(31,256)
(1,588)
(185)
(33,029)

2009

18,499
55,690
158,201
158,284
19,320
25,283
3,966

2,892
3,219
445,354

398,004
43,638
3,712
445,354

2009

2,040
6,962
27,942
43,438
12,508
14,851
5,987
113,728

111,108
2,620
–
113,728

Americas hotel and room count

At 31 December
Analysed by brand
InterContinental
Crowne Plaza
Holiday Inn
Holiday Inn Express
Staybridge Suites
Candlewood Suites
Hotel Indigo
Holiday Inn Club 
Vacations
Other brands

2009

55
202
884
1,846
178
254
32

6
22
3,479

Total
Analysed by ownership type

Franchised
Managed
Owned and leased

Total

3,245
223
11
3,479

Hotels

Change 
over 2008

–
15
(36)
124
28
50
11

5
22
219

194
24
1
219

Hotels

Change 
over 2008

2009

Americas pipeline

At 31 December
Analysed by brand
InterContinental
Crowne Plaza
Holiday Inn
Holiday Inn Express
Staybridge Suites
Candlewood Suites
Hotel Indigo

6
33
216
486
116
169
47
1,073

Total
Analysed by ownership type

Franchised
Managed
Owned and leased

Total

1,063
10
–
1,073

(1)
(10)
(47)
(153)
(38)
(73)
(8)
(330)

(319)
(10)
(1)
(330)

 
16

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Business review continued

Europe, Middle East and Africa
EMEA strategic role

2010 priorities

To manage margins in a diverse and complex region; and seek
ways to achieve scale in key geographic areas.

• Execute growth strategies in agreed scale markets 

and key gateway cities;

• complete the roll-out of Holiday Inn repositioning;

• cascade Great Hotels Guests Love to the hotel level; and

• leverage scale through sharing best practice across 

the region.

EMEA results

Revenue

Franchised
Managed
Owned and leased

Total

Franchised
Managed
Owned and leased

Operating profit before exceptional items
60
65
33
158
(31)
127

Regional overheads
Total 

2009
$m

83
119
195
397

12 months ended 31 December

2008
$m

110
168
240
518

75
95
45
215
(44)
171

% 
change

(24.5)
(29.2)
(18.8)
(23.4)

(20.0)
(31.6)
(26.7)
(26.5)
29.5
(25.7)

EMEA comparable RevPAR movement on previous year

12 months ended
31 December 2009

Franchised
All brands

Managed

All brands

Owned and leased
InterContinental
All ownership types

UK
Continental Europe
Middle East

(14.9)%

(14.9)%

(10.8)%

(9.8)%
(17.8)%
(14.0)%

Revenue and operating profit before exceptional items decreased
by 23.4% to $397m and 25.7% to $127m respectively. At constant
currency, revenue and operating profit before exceptional items
decreased by 16.8% and 22.8% respectively. The region received
significant liquidated damages totalling $16m in 2008 and $3m 
in 2009. Excluding these receipts, revenue declined by 21.5% and
operating profit before exceptional items declined by 20.0%, and 
at constant currency by 14.7% and 16.8% respectively.

During the year, RevPAR declines were experienced across the
region, with declines in key markets ranging from 9.8% in the 
UK to 17.8% in Continental Europe. 

Franchised revenue and operating profit decreased by 24.5% to
$83m and 20.0% to $60m respectively, or at constant currency 
by 18.2% and 13.3% respectively. Excluding the impact of $3m 
in liquidated damages received in 2009 and $7m received in 
2008, revenue and operating profit declined by 22.3% and 
16.2% respectively, or at constant currency by 15.5% and 8.8%
respectively. The decline was principally driven by RevPAR declines
across Continental Europe and the UK, partly offset by a 6%
increase in room count. 

EMEA managed revenue and operating profit decreased by 29.2%
to $119m and 31.6% to $65m respectively, or at constant currency
by 25.0% and 29.5% respectively. Excluding the impact of $9m in
liquidated damages received in 2008, revenue and operating profit
declined by 25.2% and 24.4% respectively, or at constant currency
by 20.8% and 22.1% respectively. The results were driven by
managed RevPAR declines of 14.9%.

In the owned and leased estate, revenue decreased by 18.8% 
to $195m and operating profit decreased by 26.7% to $33m, 
or at constant currency by 10.4% and 17.8% respectively. The
InterContinental Paris Le Grand, in particular, was adversely
impacted by the economic downturn as both business and leisure
travel to Paris declined. However, trading at the InterContinental
London Park Lane, was more resilient, with RevPAR down just
1.7% during the year.

Regional overheads decreased by 29.5% to $31m due to improved
efficiencies and cost savings, as well as a favourable movement in
foreign exchange of $6m.

Business review

17

During 2009, EMEA hotel and room count increased by 20 hotels
(3,589 rooms) to 695 hotels (120,296 rooms). The net room growth
included openings of 37 hotels (6,427 rooms) and removals of 
17 hotels (2,838 rooms). System growth by brand was driven by
Holiday Inn and Holiday Inn Express, which together accounted for
65% of the region’s hotel openings, and by Crowne Plaza, which
achieved net rooms growth of 7% over 2008. By ownership type, net
movement during the year included the conversion of 13 managed
hotels in Spain to franchise contracts.

I

B
U
S
N
E
S
S

R
E
V
I

E
W

The pipeline in EMEA decreased by 21 hotels (2,403 rooms) to 152
hotels (31,461 rooms). The movement in the year included 8,442
room signings, with continued demand for IHG brands in the UK,
Middle East and Germany. Demand was particularly strong in the
midscale sector which represented 66% of room signings. IHG’s
lifestyle brand, Hotel Indigo, continued its expansion with four
hotels in the closing pipeline, including two in London. 

Rooms

Change
over 2008 

(250)
1,428
333
1,695
293
–
90
3,589

4,140
(551)
–
3,589

Rooms

Change
over 2008 

(962)
(646)
225
(702)
(579)
351
(90)
(2,403)

684
(3,087)
(2,403)

2009

20,586
22,157
53,372
23,259
565
64
293
120,296

78,216
40,634
1,446
120,296

2009

6,100
6,641
10,429
7,088
852
351
–
31,461

14,952
16,509
31,461

1
4
1
11
2
–
1
20

28
(8)
–
20

(5)
(1)
(5)
(8)
(5)
4
(1)
(21)

3
(24)
(21)

Hotels

Change 
over 2008

2009

Hotels

Change 
over 2008

2009

EMEA hotel and room count

At 31 December
Analysed by brand
InterContinental
Crowne Plaza
Holiday Inn
Holiday Inn Express
Staybridge Suites
Hotel Indigo
Other

Total
Analysed by ownership type

Franchised
Managed
Owned and leased

Total

520
171
4
695

EMEA pipeline

At 31 December
Analysed by brand
InterContinental
Crowne Plaza
Holiday Inn
Holiday Inn Express
Staybridge Suites
Hotel Indigo
Other

Total
Analysed by ownership type

Franchised
Managed

Total

93
59
152

65
93
333
197
4
1
2
695

23
24
45
49
7
4
–
152

 
18

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Business review continued

Asia Pacific
Asia Pacific strategic role

2010 priorities

To drive profitable growth in emerging key markets and cities.

• Complete the roll-out of Holiday Inn repositioning;

• cascade Great Hotels Guests Love to the hotel level; and

• focus on key profit-generating hotels and cities around 

the region.

Asia Pacific results

Revenue

Franchised
Managed
Owned and leased

Total

Franchised
Managed
Owned and leased

Operating profit before exceptional items
5
44
30
79
(27)
52

Regional overheads
Total 

2009
$m

11
105
129
245

12 months ended 31 December

2008
$m

18
113
159
290

8
55
43
106
(38)
68

% 
change

(38.9)
(7.1)
(18.9)
(15.5)

(37.5)
(20.0)
(30.2)
(25.5)
28.9
(23.5)

Asia Pacific comparable RevPAR movement on previous year

Managed – all brands

Asia Pacific
Greater China
Owned and leased
InterContinental
All ownership types

Greater China

12 months ended
31 December 2009

(12.5)%
(15.6)%

(22.2)%

(16.9)%

Asia Pacific revenue and operating profit before exceptional items
decreased by 15.5% to $245m and 23.5% to $52m respectively.
Excluding the receipt of $4m in significant liquidated damages in
2008, revenue and operating profit declined by 14.3% and 18.8%
respectively. Despite RevPAR declines of 13.5%, the region’s brands
demonstrated outperformance relative to the market.

Franchised revenues and operating profit decreased by 38.9% to
$11m and 37.5% to $5m respectively. Excluding the impact of $4m
in liquidated damages received in 2008, revenue decreased by
21.4% and profit increased by $1m or 25.0%. The decline in revenue
was driven by lower RevPAR and the loss of royalties following the
removal of six hotels (1,067 rooms) which did not meet IHG’s brand
and quality standards.

Managed revenue decreased by 7.1% to $105m and operating 
profit decreased by 20.0% to $44m. RevPAR across the Greater
China managed estate declined by 15.6%, primarily due to room
oversupply in key Chinese cities, such as Beijing, and trading 
upside in 2008 from the Olympic Games. 

In the owned and leased estate, revenue decreased by 18.9% to
$129m and operating profit decreased by 30.2% to $30m. These
results were driven by the InterContinental Hong Kong, where
RevPAR declined by 22.2% during the year. 

Regional overheads decreased by 28.9% to $27m, due to the
impact of regional restructuring and lower marketing costs
associated with the All Nippon Airways joint venture in Japan.

Business review

19

Rooms

Change
over 2008 

1,638
1,618
1,120
258
(259)
4,375

(2,500)
6,875
–
4,375

Rooms

Change
over 2008 

(496)
417
(568)
1,215
142
710

(1)
711
710

2009

17,036
23,147
28,995
6,464
5,387
81,029

7,321
73,015
693
81,029

2009

12,033
24,952
20,637
7,230
322
65,174

326
64,848
65,174

Asia Pacific hotel and room count increased by 13 hotels 
(4,375 rooms) to 264 hotels (81,029 rooms), including the opening 
of 27 hotels (8,334 rooms) offset by the removal of 14 hotels 
(3,959 rooms). The growth was predominantly driven by the opening
of 17 hotels (5,776 rooms) in Greater China reflecting continued
expansion in one of IHG’s strategic markets.

I

B
U
S
N
E
S
S

R
E
V
I

E
W

The pipeline in Asia Pacific increased by 14 hotels (710 rooms) 
to 213 hotels (65,174 rooms). Pipeline growth was fuelled by the
Greater China market which generated 75% of the region’s room
signings, followed by India, which contributed a further 16%. 
From a brand perspective, Crowne Plaza experienced the highest
demand with 45% of the region’s room signings, followed by
Holiday Inn, which contributed a further 32%. During the year, 
the first Hotel Indigo was signed in Hong Kong.

6
5
1
2
(1)
13

(8)
21
–
13

(2)
7
3
5
1
14

–
14
14

Asia Pacific hotel and room count

Hotels

Change 
over 2008

2009

At 31 December
Analysed by brand
InterContinental
Crowne Plaza
Holiday Inn
Holiday Inn Express
Other

Total
Analysed by ownership type

Franchised
Managed
Owned and leased

Total

34
228
2
264

Asia Pacific pipeline

At 31 December
Analysed by brand
InterContinental
Crowne Plaza
Holiday Inn
Holiday Inn Express
Hotel Indigo

Total
Analysed by ownership type

Franchised
Managed

Total

2
211
213

46
71
102
26
19
264

34
72
77
28
2
213

Hotels

Change 
over 2008

2009

 
20

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Business review continued

Central
Central results

Revenue
Gross central costs
Net central costs

System Funds
System Fund results

Assessments

12 months ended 31 December

2009
$m
124
(228)
(104)

2008
$m
126
(281)
(155)

% 
change
(1.6)
18.9
32.9

12 months ended 31 December

2009
$m
1,008

2008
$m
990

% 
change
1.8

Other financial information

Exceptional operating items
Exceptional operating items of $373m consisted of:

• $91m charge, comprising an onerous contract provision of 

$65m for the future net unavoidable costs under a performance
guarantee related to certain management contracts with one 
US hotel owner, and a deposit of $26m written off as it is no
longer considered recoverable under the terms of the same
management contracts;

• $19m in relation to the Holiday Inn brand family relaunch;

• $21m enhanced pension transfers to deferred members of the
InterContinental Hotels UK Pension Plan who accepted an offer
to receive the enhancement as either a cash lump sum or an
additional transfer value to an alternative pension plan provider;

• $197m of non-cash impairment charges reflecting the weaker
trading environment in 2009, including $45m relating to hotels
reclassified from held for sale assets; 

• $43m which primarily related to the closure of certain corporate
offices together with severance costs arising from a review of
the Group’s cost base; and

• $2m loss on disposal of hotels.

During 2009, net central costs decreased by 32.9% from $155m 
to $104m. The significant reduction was driven by management
actions to increase efficiencies and implement cost-saving
measures across the Group. Relative to 2008, the 2009 net central
costs also benefited from a $16m favourable movement in foreign
exchange whilst the 2008 results included the receipt of a
favourable $3m insurance settlement.

In the year to 31 December 2009, assessments increased by 1.8%
to $1.01bn primarily as a result of the growth in system size and
marketing programmes.

Hotels operated under IHG brands are, pursuant to terms within
their contracts, subject to cash assessments for the provision of
brand marketing, reservations systems and the Priority Club loyalty
programme. These assessments, typically based upon room
revenue, are pooled for the collective benefit of all hotels by 
brand or geography into the System Funds (the Funds). The Group
acts on behalf of hotel owners with regard to the Funds, and the
Owners’ Association, the IAHI, provides a governance overview of
the operation of the Funds. The operation of the Funds does not
result in a profit or loss for the Group and consequently the
revenues and expenses of the Funds are not included in the Group
Income Statement. 

Exceptional operating items are treated as exceptional by reason 
of their size or nature and are excluded from the calculation of
adjusted earnings per ordinary share in order to provide a more
meaningful comparison of performance.

Net financial expenses
Net financial expenses decreased from $101m in 2008 to $54m in
2009, due to lower net debt levels and lower interest rates. Average
net debt levels in 2009 were lower than 2008 primarily as a result 
of cost reduction programmes and an increased focus on cash.

Financing costs included $2m (2008 $12m) of interest costs
associated with Priority Club Rewards where interest is charged 
on the accumulated balance of cash received in advance of the
redemption points awarded. Financing costs in 2009 also included
$18m (2008 $18m) in respect of the InterContinental Boston
finance lease. 

Other financial information continued

Taxation
The effective rate of tax on the combined profit from continuing and
discontinued operations, excluding the impact of exceptional items,
was 5% (2008 23%). The rate is particularly low in 2009 due to the
impact of prior year items relative to a lower level of profit than in
2008. By excluding the impact of prior year items, which are
included wholly within continuing operations, the equivalent tax
rate would be 42% (2008 39%). This rate is higher than the UK
statutory rate of 28% due mainly to certain overseas profits
(particularly in the US) being subject to statutory rates higher 
than the UK statutory rate, unrelieved foreign taxes and
disallowable expenses. 

Taxation within exceptional items totalled a credit of $287m 
(2008 $42m) in respect of continuing operations. This represented
the release of exceptional provisions relating to tax matters 
which were settled during the year, or in respect of which the
statutory limitation period had expired, together with tax relief 
on exceptional costs. 

Net tax paid in 2009 totalled $2m (2008 $2m) including $1m (2008
$3m) in respect of disposals. Tax paid is lower than the current
period income tax charge, primarily due to the receipt of refunds in
respect of prior years, together with provisions for tax for which no
payment of tax has currently been made.

Earnings per ordinary share
Basic earnings per ordinary share in 2009 was 74.7¢, compared
with 91.3¢ in 2008. Adjusted earnings per ordinary share was
102.8¢, against 120.9¢ in 2008. 

Dividends
The Board has proposed a final dividend per ordinary share of 
29.2¢ (18.7p). With the interim dividend per ordinary share of 12.2¢
(7.3p), the full-year dividend per ordinary share for 2009 will total
41.4¢ (26.0p).

Share price and market capitalisation
The IHG share price closed at £8.93 on 31 December 2009, up from
£5.62 on 31 December 2008. The market capitalisation of the Group
at the year end was £2.6bn.

Business review

21

I

B
U
S
N
E
S
S

R
E
V
I

E
W

Capital structure and liquidity management

Net debt at 31 December
Borrowings
Sterling*
US dollar* 
Euro 
Other 
Cash* 
Net debt
Average debt levels

*

Including the impact of currency derivatives.

Facilities at 31 December
Committed 
Uncommitted 
Total 

Interest risk profile of gross debt 
for major currencies at 31 December
At fixed rates 
At variable rates 

2009
$m

2008
$m

–
866
216
53
(53)
1,082
1,231

2009
$m
1,693
25
1,718

2009
%
90
10

152
889
224
90
(82)
1,273
1,498

2008
$m
2,107
25
2,132

2008
%
53
47

In response to the challenging economic environment the Group
continued its focus on cash management during 2009. In the year,
$432m of cash was generated from operating activities, with the
other key elements of the cash flow being:

• proceeds from the disposal of hotels and investments of 

$35m; and

• capital expenditure of $148m, including $65m to purchase the

Hotel Indigo San Diego.

The Group is mainly funded by a $1.7bn syndicated bank facility, 
of which $1.6bn matures in May 2013 and an $85m term loan 
that matures in November 2010.

In December 2009, the Group issued a seven-year £250m public
bond, at a coupon of 6%, which was initially priced at 99.465% of
face value. The £250m was immediately swapped into US dollar
debt using currency swaps and the proceeds were used to reduce
the term loan which matures in November 2010 from $500m to
$85m. Additional funding is provided by a finance lease on the
InterContinental Boston.

Net debt at 31 December 2009 decreased by $191m to $1,082m
and, in the table above, included $204m in respect of the finance
lease commitment for the InterContinental Boston and $415m 
in respect of currency swaps related to the sterling bond.

Further information on the Group’s treasury management can 
be found in note 22 on pages 89 and 90 in the notes to the Group
financial statements 2009. 

 
22

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Business review continued

Our people
IHG directly employed an average of 7,556 people worldwide 
during 2009 whose costs are borne by the Group. When the whole
IHG estate is taken into account (including staff working in the
franchised and managed hotels) approximately 335,000 people 
are employed globally across IHG’s brands. 

Unless otherwise stated, any data in this section relates to the
people directly employed by IHG and those who work in managed
hotels or as part of our joint venture with AII Nippon Airways 
in Japan – in total approximately 110,000 people. 

During 2009, our business faced a challenging trading 
environment and we have been balancing cost reduction and
restructuring programmes while managing engagement for 
our people and guests. Furthermore, we have been attracting,
retaining and inspiring people to deliver our core purpose, 
Great Hotels Guests Love. 

To achieve Great Hotels Guests Love the Group has, over the 
past three years, developed a clear articulation of our values and
the behaviours expected from all employees, as well as creating
the right environment for employees so that they can deliver our
core purpose.

Creating the right environment: Room to be yourself
IHG has developed an employment brand that provides the
environment which helps our people to be successful. As part of
our brand, we make four key promises which are described as part
of our Room to be yourself commitment. People processes have
been aligned to our commitment to ensure that we can meet a set
of defined standards. 

Displaying the right behaviour: Winning Ways
Winning Ways, a set of behaviours that defines how IHG interacts
with guests, colleagues and hotel owners, was developed in 
2006 and integrated into the business in 2007. IHG’s people 
have embraced these behaviours with enthusiasm and 
creativity worldwide.

Focusing on the right activity: Great Hotels Guests Love
During the past year, we have aligned Winning Ways and Room to
be yourself with our core purpose so that people understand how
the work they do delivers Great Hotels Guests Love.

We have communicated Great Hotels Guests Love extensively
during 2009 and we have given our people clear direction on 
what is important for us as a business. This effort will continue
throughout 2010.

Room to be yourself

Room to have a great start
You will be treated with respect and we
will make sure you have everything you
need to have a great start.

Room to be involved
You will have the opportunity to work
with great teams, know what is going 
on and make a real difference in your
workplace.

Room to grow
You will be supported and given
opportunities to develop yourself 
and pursue a rewarding career.

Room for you
You will be rewarded and recognised for
your contributions and we will value the
significance of your life beyond work.

Minnie Zhu
Personal Assistant
Shanghai

Business review

23

I

B
U
S
N
E
S
S

R
E
V
I

E
W

Creating the right environment: Room to be yourself
Room to have a great start
In spite of the continuing economic recession and its impact on
revenues, we continued to open hotels and we anticipate the need
to recruit 160,000 people over the next three years. IHG’s online
recruitment system attracts and matches candidates to job
vacancies. Over 240,000 CVs were posted to the site during the 
last year and over 6,000 people were appointed as a result of 
their online applications.

In China, we have established a number of initiatives as part of our
focus on recruiting talented individuals to support the anticipated
number of openings over the next few years. We have introduced a
number of fast-track programmes aimed at bringing in professionals
from human resources and finance backgrounds to support our
growth plans. We have also developed the IHG Academies in
partnership with a number of educational bodies to provide training
to students to equip them with skills required by the hotel industry.
These Academies operate in 11 locations, are supported by 25
partners in the region and in December 2009 had 5,000 students
enrolled on one of these programmes. 

Our franchisee in Panama continues to provide a school to 
teach our employees the skills required in all aspects of hotel
management, particularly in areas of skills shortage such as 
food and beverage management. During the year, we have been
planning a similar hotel school in Egypt. We also continue to
provide an extensive range of training to our employees including
e-learning curricula from respected business schools such as
Cornell University in the US. 

Room to be involved
Great emphasis is placed on employee communication, particularly
on matters relating to the Group’s business and its performance.
Communication channels include global management conferences,
team meetings, informal briefings, in-house publications and
intranets. The Group has continued to improve the capability of the
corporate intranet site, ‘Merlin’, which now provides continuous
access to information about people, policies and news across all
hotels, corporate offices and reservations centres.

Regular employee feedback is obtained to ensure that IHG meets
expectations and delivers on its commitments. The Group conducts
a twice-yearly survey that measures employee opinion and
attitudes. This survey covers employees in owned and managed
hotels, corporate offices and reservations centres. We have not
reported the survey data on our joint venture partners.

Since the first survey in 2007, we have continued to achieve very
high response rates with over 89,000 employees participating in 
the November 2009 survey. 

Division/region
Americas hotels
EMEA hotels
Asia Pacific hotels
Corporate offices
Reservations centres

2009 response rates
%
90
89
93
89
91

2008 response rates
%
89 
86
93
88
87

Winning Ways

Do the right thing
We always do what we believe is right
and have the courage and conviction 
to put it into practice, even when it
might be easier not to. We are honest
and straightforward and see our
decisions through.

Show we care
We want to be the company that
understands people’s needs better than
anyone else in our industry. This means
being sensitive to others, noticing 
the things that matter and taking
responsibility for getting things right.

Aim higher
We aim to be acknowledged leaders in
our industry, so we have built a team 
of talented people who have a real will
to win. We strive for success and value
individuals who are always looking for 
a better way to do things.

Celebrate difference
We believe that it’s the knowledge of our
people that really brings our brands to
life. While other companies may want 
to impose a rigid, uniform view of the
world, we do not. Our global strength
comes from celebrating local
differences whilst understanding that
some things should be kept the same.

Work better together
When we work together we are stronger.
We’re at our best when we collaborate
to form a powerful, winning team. We
listen to each other and combine our
expertise to create a strong, focused 
and trusted group of people.

Financial returns

Our people

Guest experience

Responsible
business

 
24

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Business review continued

IHG’s key measure from the survey is the engagement index,
constructed from a set of questions which measure employee
advocacy, retention and effort. During 2009, IHG’s engagement
index improved by one percentage point to 69%. The survey also
highlights that our people are proud of IHG and retention and
advocacy has remained stable during the year. 

We have used our survey to track awareness and understanding of
Great Hotels Guests Love. Our November 2009 employee survey
results show that 90% of our people understand Great Hotels
Guests Love and that it has helped them focus on the right things
for the business.

Room to grow
To meet the demands of our growth and to deliver Great Hotels
Guests Love, IHG continues to focus on developing talent. 

During 2009, we again conducted our annual review of the Group’s
1,300 corporate managers and hotel general managers to identify
skills required for the future and how to develop individuals. The
outcome is to increase clarity around our talented individuals, their
key development needs and the ability to move these individuals
into the positions which will enable them to enhance their skills
and meet IHG’s key objectives. 

During the year, IHG continued to place importance on the growth
and development of its people in the owned and managed hotels,
and within its corporate and reservations offices, and ensured
training programmes were available to all of its employees. The
Group’s internal survey indicates that 85% of employees agree that
IHG delivers training to assist with their current roles, which is a
three percentage point improvement on 2008.

In support of the ‘Holiday Inn refresh’ programme, IHG continued
the intensive and comprehensive training programme entitled 
‘Stay Real’ to ensure that all employees working in a Holiday Inn 
or Holiday Inn Express hotel receive training to help them deliver
the service experience expected by guests. 

We have leveraged technology by introducing a learning
management system to help employees find and book the training
and development they require. A number of online programmes
have been introduced to help people learn flexibly and develop their
skills in the workplace rather than attend courses in classrooms.

IHG has a number of development programmes in place to support
its managers in hotels and corporate offices to deliver Great Hotels
Guests Love. These include the assessment of individual potential
and capability, together with clarity on expectations and business-
related education. During 2009, 49 senior managers attended the
latest stage of IHG’s senior leadership programme, concentrating
on the role that leaders play in driving performance and results
through people. 

The Leaders Lounge, an online leadership development system,
has been launched which provides cost-effective and high-quality
development and communication to all of our senior leaders. This
forum provides input from the Chief Executive and the Executive
Committee on key issues and challenges for the business as well
as inputs from external business thinkers. 

We were proud to receive the CIPD People Management Award
2009 for Excellence through technology, sponsored by IBM, for our
Leaders Lounge. The Lounge was recognised for the innovative way
it trains people.

The succession planning process for senior leadership roles has
continued in 2009, enabling IHG to manage changes in leadership.
During 2009, the senior corporate team underwent significant
restructuring to become more efficient and better positioned for
the economic recovery. As a result, 18% of senior executive roles
were eliminated and 26 senior executives left the Group. To ensure
that the key functions and operations areas were appropriately
managed and to provide development for high-potential leaders, 
a number of senior roles were combined. In the Asia Pacific region,
we took the decision to create two independent business units
focused on Greater China and Asia Australasia. This resulted in 
one member of the Executive Committee leaving IHG. 

Room for you
IHG’s compensation and benefits programmes are designed to be
competitive and to recognise and reward achievement. The benefits
offered to employees vary according to region. IHG contributes to
both mandatory and company-sponsored retirement plans to
ensure benefits are competitive within each local market. IHG’s
employee survey indicates that the majority of employees believe
they are fairly paid for the work they do.

The Group offers a range of benefits that are aimed at helping
employees to achieve a better work/life balance. Healthcare is
provided to some staff groups and, in our Americas region,
programmes are in place to help employees maintain a healthy
lifestyle and also reduce the cost of health insurance claims. 
In some regions employee assistance programmes offer a
confidential counselling service to help employees deal with
financial and legal matters, relationship problems and stress.

IHG manages performance by helping people to align their
objectives to our core purpose. The Group also encourages
managers to acknowledge employee achievements or
contributions as part of our Winning Ways culture.

Business review

25

London 2012 Olympic and Paralympic Games
The selection of Holiday Inn and Holiday Inn Express as the Official Hotel Services Provider 
to the London 2012 Olympic and Paralympic Games provides a great opportunity to engage 
and motivate our people to build our business and our Holiday Inn brand. It also helps us to
reinforce our commitment to the community and our approach to corporate responsibility.

Celebrating diversity
IHG benefits from the diversity of its employees, owners, business
partners and guests. The Group regards diversity as a fundamental
factor in its success in operating as a global organisation and this
principle is embedded in IHG’s Winning Ways.

The Group is committed to providing equality of opportunity to all
employees without discrimination and continues to be supportive 
of the employment of disabled persons. Where existing employees
become disabled, it is the Group’s policy to provide continuing
employment wherever practical in the same or a suitable
alternative position.

Carleigh Chadwick, Accessibility Manager UK & Ireland, won 
the Disability Champion Award 2009 at the Disability Standard
awards run by the Employers’ Forum on Disability. This is given 
to the person who has gone the extra mile to raise the profile of
disability confidence in their organisation. 

External recognition
During the year, IHG won a number of prestigious awards in
recognition of its people management and HR practices. 

IHG was declared Britain’s Most Admired leisure and hospitality
company for the third year running. The awards are a peer review
of corporate reputation and are presented by Management Today
and the Birmingham City Business School. 

IHG’s InterContinental London Park Lane hotel won the Retention
award at the UK’s Springboard Awards for Excellence 2009 in
Hospitality, Leisure, Travel and Tourism. This award recognises
successful innovation in consistently tackling labour turnover and
improving retention rates through a business-wide approach
implemented at all levels. Even in challenging economic times, 
the hotel’s retention rate has increased and a record number 
of promotions and transfers within IHG have been achieved,
demonstrating InterContinental London Park Lane’s commitment
to celebrating talent and expanding knowledge within the
hospitality industry.

A number of IHG people have been recognised for achievements
and service excellence. This included colleagues from Crowne
Plaza hotels in Australia being awarded the MasterCard-U21Global
Scholarship Programme for Women in Travel and Tourism and 
five overall winners across 19 categories at the Middle East
Hotelier Awards. 

I

B
U
S
N
E
S
S

R
E
V
I

E
W

IHG also received an award from the American Society for Training
& Development. This award recognises organisations that
demonstrate enterprise-wide success through employee learning
and development, showing they are BEST at Building talent,
Enterprise-wide, Supported by the organisation’s leaders and
fostering a Thorough learning culture. Our training and
development priorities are linked to the Group’s business priorities,
we engage with stakeholders and we measure results to show
added value to the business. 

Economic conditions
The trading environment continued to be difficult throughout 2009
and as previously mentioned, our corporate teams were
restructured in the UK, Atlanta and Singapore. These efforts have
supported the business to operate cost effectively during the
economic downturn. As these were largely structural changes,
voluntary redundancies were not sought and all opportunities to
mitigate job losses were explored. Outplacement services were
offered to affected individuals to provide support and access to
external job opportunities.

Ensuring health and safety 
Providing and supporting a safe and secure environment for our
guests, employees and visitors is paramount and IHG applies high
standards of health and safety across the Group. Our Global Risk
Management team evaluates policies and procedures, operating a
range of health and safety and security measures and we require
all parties to comply with relevant health and safety legislation. 

All of our Group companies are responsible for protecting the
health of our employees through suitable work-based strategies;
minimising the risk of injury from work activity; ensuring that
sufficient resources, information and systems are in place to
address health and safety; and involving employees in continuous
improvement, reporting and review of health and safety matters. 

Further information on our approach towards safety and security
can be found on pages 29 to 34 of this Business Review and in the
online Corporate Responsibility Report at
www.ihgplc.com/responsibility

 
26

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Business review continued

Corporate responsibility
Corporate responsibility (CR) is integral to the way we conduct our
business and is at the core of our strategy. As well as helping us 
to create value for the business and build competitive advantage,
acting responsibly is playing a key role in our efforts to manage
costs and drive revenue more effectively. 

With over 4,400 hotels worldwide and a new hotel opening every
day, we have a considerable responsibility and opportunity to
ensure our operations make a positive difference. Responsible
tourism also makes good business sense – it reduces our costs,
particularly in energy, and shows our guests that we are acting on
issues that concern them, such as the environment and supporting
the communities in which we operate. 

Our approach
In February 2009 the IHG Board established a Corporate
Responsibility Committee to set out and deliver the strategic
priorities of the responsible business objectives of Great Hotels
Guest Love, and to make sure we have the right policies,
management and measurement systems in place. The Committee
is chaired by Jennifer Laing, a Non-Executive Director. It met twice
in 2009, focusing on developing our carbon strategy, defining the
role of hotels in society and improving our CR communications. 

Our CR strategy is concentrated on two main areas:

• the environment, including reducing our carbon footprint. 
We are aiming to make a night’s stay with IHG more carbon
efficient; and 

• our communities, particularly the creation of local economic

opportunities and charitable work.

We engage with stakeholders to help us identify and tackle our
priorities. Our stakeholders include guests and corporate clients,
hotel owners and franchise holders, local communities, employees,
shareholders, suppliers, academic institutions, non-government
organisations, governments, and institutional stakeholders. We
elicit their views through a range of processes including forums,
meetings, individual interviews, surveys and our award-winning
online virtual Innovation Hotel where guests and members of the
public can access our latest thinking and share ideas for creating 
a green hotel. Visitor comments inform the development of our
strategy and any future green products and services.

Online Innovation Hotel

Stakeholders also help us improve our performance through
feedback on our current programme and communications. In 2009,
we responded to their comments by revisiting the community
aspect of our strategy and being more proactive in our CR
communications, making them more relevant for specific
stakeholder groups. For instance, we held a Green Day for
employees at our UK head office, which we plan to follow up with 
a CR section in our online Leaders Lounge and a green forum to
provide staff with a more formal platform through which to share
CR learning. 

In 2010, we will update elements of our online CR report on 
a quarterly basis, with a more comprehensive annual update
available at the end of the year. We will continue to explore ways 
of improving how we engage with stakeholders and seek more
opportunities to share learning on CR through, for example, 
round-table events.

Review of 2009 
Our CR strategy is based on innovation and collaboration. We look
for creative solutions to the environmental and social challenges
we face and work in partnership with our stakeholders to
implement them.

Over the past two years we have been building a solid foundation 
of policy, management and measurement on which to base our 
CR strategy and activities. This has involved putting systems in
place and working closely with our stakeholders to identify the
areas that have the highest impact for them and our business.

We have also made good progress on initiatives that help us
address two of our industry’s biggest challenges – climate change
and the recent economic downturn, particularly its impact on local
communities. Through key initiatives such as Green Engage, our
online sustainability programme, the IHG Academies and the
Innovation Hotel we are measuring and managing our
environmental impacts, and providing jobs and training
opportunities in our communities. 

We aim to make a night with IHG more carbon efficient
Tourism is an important source of wealth for many countries,
particularly developing countries where tourism may be the
primary force driving economic prosperity. At the same time 
the industry faces increasing pressure to balance its economic
performance with its social and environmental impacts. 

We believe the tension between tourism and the environment can
be creative, providing an opportunity to innovate. We have chosen 
to tackle carbon emissions by seeking new ways to reduce and
manage emissions across our hotel estate rather than through
purchasing carbon offsets. This provides an opportunity to work
closely with our business partners, such as hotel owners and
suppliers, to identify and implement practical, cost-efficient
measures that are both sustainable and responsible.

Business review

27

Given the economic downturn, our focus this year has been on
maximising the benefits we bring to local economies via direct and
indirect employment, taxes paid, local purchasing and donations 
to community projects. 

Green Engage recommends that hotels take actions such as
forming partnerships with local businesses, employing local
people, and supporting local community projects. It also surveys
their grass-roots activities, such as in-kind donations, grants 
and volunteering programmes. 

Developing countries are often unable to benefit from tourism
opportunities because they lack a skilled workforce. We train
potential employees in our communities and work with local 
and regional Chambers of Commerce and trade and industry
associations to support workforce development. In China, we
launched the IHG Academy, working with renowned educational
institutes in the region. The IHG Academy provides hospitality
training for local people and subsequently offers them employment
within our growing portfolio of hotels. We now have 25 Academies
in 11 locations, with 5,000 students enrolled. 

I

B
U
S
N
E
S
S

R
E
V
I

E
W

Awards
Our activities won several awards this year, including:

• 2009 Hotel Visionary Award from Hospitality Technology

magazine for Green Engage;

• Worldwide Hospitality Awards for Best Initiative in

Sustainable Development 2009 – for Green Engage 
and the Innovation Hotel;

• The National Business Travel Association recognised our
commitment to supporting societal needs and reducing 
our environmental impact at its first annual Corporate Social
Responsibility Awards this year; and

• our sound corporate governance was recognised in a survey

of the top 100 companies listed on the London Stock
Exchange, conducted by consultancy firm Resources Global
Professionals – IHG was ranked third. This included high
ratings for our compliance, capacity and commitment to
excellence in corporate governance across a range of areas,
including community, environment and people issues.

Policies and Code of Ethics
Amongst the Group’s core values is the concept that all employees
should have the courage and conviction to do what is right. 
We have detailed policies on the environment, human rights 
and the community and we have a global Code of Ethics and
Business Conduct.

The Code of Ethics and Business Conduct consolidates and
clarifies expected standards of behaviour and communicates the
ethical values of the Group. It states clearly that IHG’s reputation 
is built upon the trust and confidence of our stakeholders and 
is fundamental to our operations worldwide. A Confidential
Disclosure Channel also provides employees with a means to
report any ethical concerns they may have. The Code is applicable
to all employees and is available on the Company’s website at
www.ihgplc.com/investors under corporate governance.

Through Green Engage, our online sustainability tool, we are
working to deliver real emissions cuts through new and better ways
to design, build and run our hotels. Launched in March 2009, Green
Engage enables us to track and report on our key environmental
impacts. It also allows our hotels to identify the most appropriate
solutions to their local environmental risks. The system is helping
us work towards our strategic aim of making a night with IHG more
carbon efficient.

Analysis of a representative sample of our portfolio of managed
and owned hotels demonstrated up to a 10% reduction in energy
consumption in 2009.

Green Engage is being rolled out progressively across our entire
hotel estate and currently has over 900 hotels using the system. 
In addition to making it more intuitive, we are supporting the
system with a new training package for our staff and hotel owners
called ‘Green Engage – the fundamentals’. In 2009, 300 people took
the course and we plan to roll it out further in the coming year. 

Regulation and legislation
IHG is exposed to increasing legal environmental measures,
particularly on regulation of greenhouse gas emissions and 
other resources. 

In 2010, our UK operations will have to comply with a new carbon
trading scheme, the Carbon Reduction Commitment. This will
compel companies to monitor energy use and purchase carbon
allowances corresponding to CO2 emissions. 

To address these and other complex regulatory requirements, we
have set up a Carbon Strategy Team. We review our carbon strategy
regularly with the CR Committee and have discussed this issue
with our independent owners’ group, the IAHI, to ensure our
franchise business partners are fully engaged. 

Responsible tourism means creating opportunities 
for local people 
Travel and tourism generates more than 9% of global GDP 
(Source: World Travel and Tourism Council). However, sometimes
as little as 10% of the money spent on holiday remains in the
destination economy (Source: International Tourism Partnership).

We are currently reviewing our community activities so that IHG 
can have an even greater positive impact on the communities 
in which we operate. Our revised Community Strategy will be
launched in 2010. 

 
28

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Business review continued

Performance and targets
The following table outlines IHG’s overall CR priorities, developments and achievements during the year and priorities for 2010. 
The main headings, Innovation, Collaboration, Environment and Community reflect the current focus of our CR strategy.

CR priorities

2009 developments and achievements

2010 priorities

Innovation

• Improved internal and external CR communications through

our CR communications plan, the Innovation Hotel and online
CR report;

• Seek to develop commercial applications for
our CR innovations where appropriate in our
hotels; and

• continued to update our CR strategy and integrated it fully

• make our Innovation Hotel more interactive.

into our Great Hotels Guests Love objectives; 

• established our CR Committee to review and update all 

policies on an ongoing basis; and

• signed the United Nations (UN) Global Compact and joined

forces on a conservation project with Oxford University to help
inform future hotel design and operation.

Collaboration

• Our InterContinental brand partnered with the National

• Agree strategies to integrate CR into the

Geographic Centre for Sustainable Destinations to develop 
a responsible tourism strategy;

• became a member of the UN Global Compact and are

committed to aligning our operations, culture and strategies
with 10 universally accepted principles in the areas of human
rights, labour, environment and anti-corruption;

• refreshed our Green Aware Training to align with Green

Engage and renamed it ‘Green Engage – the fundamentals’. 
Also trialled this as a web-based event; and

•  refined our approach to community support by adding several

new question categories to our general managers’
community involvement survey, and integrating it with Green
Engage to make it easier for our hotels to use. We continue 
to analyse this data. 

brand planning process for all main brands;
• refine our stakeholder engagement process;
• improve the way our employees engage with

CR; and

• continue to update Green Engage with new
learning in 2010, focusing on making it
easier to use at the hotel level.

Environment

• Loaded historic data into Green Engage to enable our hotels to
track their current performance against previous performance;

• Green Engage rolled out to all our managed and owned
hotels, and opened up to any other hotels wishing to
participate. Over 900 hotels now registered to use the system;

• using Green Engage to measure our CR objective of making 

• Continue to roll out Green Engage to 100%
of our managed and owned hotels and
expand to franchised hotels in all three
regions;

• ensure that Green Engage is used accurately

and regularly by participating hotels;

a night’s stay with IHG more carbon efficient; and

• develop a carbon strategy; and

Community

• decided against building a Green Hotel Room prototype at 

our UK head office. Our online Innovation Hotel is sufficiently
helpful and, on reflection, we believe it would be more
beneficial to consider how to make an entire hotel greener
rather than focus on one room. We will build this into our
approach next year. 

• The IHG Academy was the cornerstone of our efforts to 
develop a more globally integrated approach to local
economic development initiatives across all our operating
regions;

• used the results of our general managers’ community

involvement survey to refine our community strategy; and
• continued to participate in an ongoing five-year study on 
hotel energy efficiency with the US Department of Energy.

• continue to build on our corporate office
sustainability innovations using the
Innovation Hotel and Green Engage.

• Use government regulation and legislation

worldwide to inform our community strategy;

• focus on further implementation and

expansion of the IHG Academy;

• refine our current community policy based
on a review of our existing approach to
community support;

• conduct a regular review of our community

partnerships; and

• work with the London Organising 

Committee of the Olympic and Paralympic
Games to support the sustainability goals 
of London 2012.

For more information please visit our corporate responsibility website at www.ihgplc.com/responsibility and the Innovation Hotel 
at www.ihgplc.com/innovation

Business review

29

Risk management 
Corporate risk management
Culture, capability, process and framework
The management of major risks to IHG is represented below:

Monitor

REVIEW 
RISK 
PROCESS

IDENTIFY & 
PRIORITISE 
RISK

REPORT ON
GOVERNANCE
AND CULTURE

GROWTH
PROFIT
CONTINUITY

QUANTIFY 
RISKS

I

m

p

r

o

v

e

IMPLEMENT 
AND TEST

DEVELOP 
RESPONSE 
PLAN AND 
SOLUTIONS

M anage

In addition, the strategy, risk and internal audit teams work
together to align activities to ensure that the discipline of corporate
risk management is relevant, valuable and efficiently applied
across the business.

Strategy:
The Global Strategy function provides a strong link to value creation
opportunities and asset protection requirements of the business
and gives access to the core business agenda.

Risk Management:
The Global Risk Management function focuses on driving action 
to support the strategy and protect assets by building a risk-aware
and proactive culture and capability amongst management,
focusing on risks prioritised by the business leaders. 

Assurance: 
Global Internal Audit provides assurance, identifies vulnerabilities
and presents opportunities for new, or improvements to existing,
controls that business leaders might not have identified 
for themselves. 

I

B
U
S
N
E
S
S

R
E
V
I

E
W

IHG has an established global risk management process and
framework embedded in all operations teams and functions. Our
goal is to develop a robust, responsive, resilient process, and a
successful, respected, responsible business over the long term. 
In doing so we support the main functions of the Board in:

• identifying and managing risk in alignment with our strategic

objectives and the long-term value drivers in the business; and

• enabling management to demonstrate a responsible and
proactive, embedded approach to risk management. 

The development of IHG’s risk management culture and capability
is a collaborative effort led by the Company Secretary. Our vision 
is to foster a culture that becomes instinctive, curious, alert,
responsive, consistent and accountable. 

Risk management activity permeates the whole Group but, most
importantly, as part of the strategic review process between the
Chief Executive and individual Executive Committee members,
major risks are identified and considered.

Working together to mitigate corporate risk
To enhance the management and visibility of corporate risks, IHG
has set up a Global Risk Working Group with the following primary
objectives to:

• foster improved risk management across IHG’s leadership

teams and improved assurance to the IHG Board;

• create a better understanding of key risks and controls, in

particular, cross-functional risks, which may prevent delivery 
of IHG’s strategy;

• highlight risks not being adequately addressed;

• encourage and facilitate sharing of best practice across 

the organisation;

• reduce the total cost of risk by sponsoring continuous risk

improvement; and

• monitor and periodically examine risk culture and governance.

STRATEGY

RISK 
MANAGEMENT

ASSURANCE

Governance

Risk identification and crisis response workshops are run with 
the senior leadership teams to identify, prioritise and agree 
outline plans to mitigate risks. The output is a risk register
(including action plans) with risks assigned to each member 
of the Executive Committee.

The Executive Committee uses the findings to identify the major
areas of risk for the Group and to assign accountability for cross-
functional leadership between them. The Executive Committee
prioritises and co-ordinates efforts to optimise the management 
of major risks to IHG.

 
30

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Business review continued

The key elements of our risk management framework are
represented below:

BOARD/AUDIT COMMITTEE

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

MAJOR RISK REVIEW

GROUP RISK REGISTER

GLOBAL RISK WORKING GROUP

REGIONS

FUNCTIONS

BUSINESS UNIT RISK REGISTERS

In 2009, Global Risk Management worked with ‘risk owners’ to
refresh risk registers and validate risks for continued relevance,
identify emerging risks and prioritise all risks in terms of financial
impact and likelihood of occurrence. Existing controls were
assessed as well as the ability, benefit and cost to improve them.
This work is documented in risk action plans which support the
risks reported in the Group Risk Register.

Global Risk Management’s role is to coach, co-ordinate, research
and challenge. The function also submits regular incident reports
and two full reports each year to the Executive Committee and the
Board on hotel safety and security as well as a further report on
the major risks to the Group.

Global Internal Audit is separately responsible for providing
assurance across the Group and provides reports on the internal
control framework to the Audit Committee. This ensures
separation of duties between the risk management and internal
audit functions and hence supports good governance. 

Good governance is also supported through the leadership of 
the Global Risk Working Group by the Company Secretary. This
ensures appropriate access to the Board, its Committees and both
the Chief Executive and the Chairman.

Risk mitigation activity
There are many risk control measures in place throughout IHG.
However in a dynamic environment it is important to anticipate
emerging and changing risks. The following paragraphs aim to 
give an insight into this activity.

Uncertainty over liquidity sources continued in the financial
markets throughout 2009 and in light of this, but with positive
trends in the Eurobond markets in the latter part of 2009, the
decision was taken to refinance part of the Group’s bank debt 
early. In December 2009, IHG issued a seven-year £250m bond,
successfully diversifying its funding sources and extending the
duration of a portion of its debt.

In response to increased information security issues, considerable
time and effort has been invested in identifying vulnerabilities to
security breaches and building capability and resilience into our
systems, including the adoption of payment card industry (PCI)
standards regarding data security. A responsible approach to
compliance on PCI has been laid out and considerable progress
has been achieved within our data centres and corporate
environments. Franchised, managed and owned properties are 
also being handled in an appropriate manner to ensure the level of
awareness, risk and actions for compliance are taken. In addition, 
a great deal of effort has been spent partnering with credit card
companies and credit card processors globally, to ensure our
measures are understood and are sound. Transparency and
oversight of the security programme is carried out by a senior
global council representing all major Group functions. 

In 2009, we have concentrated on updating business continuity and
disaster recovery plans for the Group’s main business hubs and key
platforms. Recent flood events in the Philippines demonstrated the
ability of our Central Reservations Offices to move work around the
world with little impact on the business as a whole.

Hotel safety standards across regions, brands and business
models have been reviewed and transformed into a clear set of
global standards, enhancing safety and security further and
enabling greater consistency.

The threat posed by a global pandemic was anticipated and
planned for through documented contingency plans and response
procedures. This minimised the impact of the virus.

Security risks, particularly the threat of terrorism, continue to be a
significant concern for the hospitality industry as a whole. IHG has
developed a sophisticated response programme that is intelligence-
led and risk-based. The security risk environment is highly dynamic
and needs to be managed both centrally and locally in hotels. In
common with all risk strategies, there are three elements that IHG
continues to develop and maintain: physical and technical systems;
people capabilities; and processes and procedures.

Crisis management and communication plans have been refreshed
and there has been significant effort to train senior management
teams using worst case scenarios. Over the years a number of
serious incidents have been managed in line with these plans.

Business review

31

Managing risk in hotels
Process and framework 
IHG has an established risk management process and framework embedded in owned and managed hotels in all regions. The long-term
strategic goals are aligned with the IHG core purpose Great Hotels Guests Love and include three key elements:

• safety and security of guests, employees and other third parties;

• brand strength supported by operational excellence in risk management at all hotels and corporate locations; and

• maintenance and promotion of the reputation of the Company.

Our approach has been to enable and support hotel owners, staff and corporate functions to manage risk effectively. This is accomplished
by giving them a systematic approach and framework to follow and by providing them with tools to do the job.

The Global Risk Management function aims to share specialist knowledge and capability globally whilst being aligned to the operational
structure of the business to ensure local circumstances are understood and respected and greater engagement of our people is achieved.

Safety and security risks in hotels
A strategic framework for hotel safety and security has been designed for owned and managed hotels and is illustrated below, showing 
the identified groups of risks and describing the management activities carried out to mitigate those risks. 

I

B
U
S
N
E
S
S

R
E
V
I

E
W

SECURITY

CRISIS &
INCIDENT

FIRE 
SAFETY

LEISURE
SAFETY

SAFE 
HOTEL

GUEST 
SAFETY

FOOD 
SAFETY

STAFF 
SAFETY

RISK
PROFILE

POLICY &
STANDARDS

REVIEW 
& REPORT

WAYS OF
WORKING

MANAGING
RISK

RISK
FINANCING

TRAINING
& COMMS

OPERATE
& CONTROL

Hotel safety framework
The red wheel illustrates the groups of risks
identified and actively managed by IHG’s risk
managers around the world. They work with
hotels and their management teams in order 
to minimise such risks and keep hotels safe 
and secure.

As a result of our holistic approach to risk, we are
able to maintain and develop risk management
strategies to assess and control individual types 
of risk. This has involved developing policies,
standards and guidelines, raising awareness
levels, training staff on controls and systems 
to be used to manage and mitigate risk and
reviewing and reporting upon progress and
emerging risk. These management activities 
are represented by the right hand wheel.

Mitigating hotel safety and security risks
Risks are identified at hotel level through various means including intelligence gathering, quality audits, risk management assessments and
internal audits. They are also identified as a result of incidents, customer audits and self-assessment. Hotel management discuss issues at
monthly safety meetings and action plans are developed. Risks are prioritised, assigned and improvement actions are identified, progressed
and monitored. Action plans are reviewed at appropriate levels in the organisation for issues that need to be escalated either to drive action
or to develop common solutions.

IHG believes it has a mature and capable systemic and systematic approach to managing hotel safety and security which both reduces the
likelihood and impact of events. The embedded culture within IHG makes hotels and the corporation more resilient to unexpected or
unidentifiable risks.

Major risks to the business
The Board is ultimately responsible for the Group’s strategy, risk management and system of internal control, and for reviewing their effectiveness.
In order to discharge this responsibility, in 2009 and early 2010 the Board considered the 2009 Major Risk Review developed as described above. 

 
32

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Business review continued

2010 risk factors
The Group is subject to a variety of risks which may have an adverse impact on the business, results of operations, cash flow, financial
condition, turnover, profits, assets, liquidity and capital reserves. The following section describes some of the main risks that could
materially affect the Group’s business. The factors below should be considered in connection with any financial and forward-looking
information in this Annual Report and the cautionary statements contained on page 117.

The risks below are not the only ones that the Group faces. Some risks are not yet known to IHG and some that IHG does not currently
believe to be material could later turn out to be material.

The Group is reliant on the
reputation of its brands and
the protection of its
intellectual property rights

The Group is exposed to a
variety of risks related to
identifying, securing and
retaining franchise and
management agreements

The Group is exposed to the
risks of political and economic
developments

Any event that materially damages the reputation of one or more of the Group’s brands and/or failure
to sustain the appeal of the Group’s brands to its customers could have an adverse impact on the
value of that brand and subsequent revenues from that brand or business. 

In addition, the value of the Group’s brands is influenced by a number of other factors, some of which
may be outside the Group’s control, including commoditisation (whereby price and/or quality becomes
relatively more important than brand identifications due, in part, to the increased prevalence of third-
party intermediaries), consumer preference and perception, failure by the Group or its franchisees to
ensure compliance with the significant regulations applicable to hotel operations (including fire and
life safety requirements), or other factors affecting consumers’ willingness to purchase goods and
services, including any factor which adversely affects the reputation of those brands.

In particular, where the Group is unable to enforce adherence to its operating and quality standards,
or the significant regulations applicable to hotel operations, pursuant to its franchise and
management contracts, there may be further adverse impact upon brand reputation or customer
perception and therefore the value of the hotel brands.

Given the importance of brand recognition to the Group’s business, the Group has invested
considerable effort in protecting its intellectual property, including registration of trademarks and
domain names. However, the controls and laws are variable and subject to change. Any widespread
infringement, misappropriation or weakening of the control environment could materially harm the
value of the Group’s brands and its ability to develop the business.

The Group’s growth strategy depends on its success in identifying, securing and retaining 
franchise and management agreements. This is an inherent risk for the hotel industry and franchise
business model. Competition with other hotel companies may generally reduce the number of
suitable franchise, management and investment opportunities offered to the Group and increase 
the bargaining power of property owners seeking to become a franchisee or engage a manager. 
The terms of new franchise or management agreements may not be as favourable as current
arrangements and the Group may not be able to renew existing arrangements on the same terms.

There can also be no assurance that the Group will be able to identify, retain or add franchisees to 
the Group system or to secure management contracts. For example, the availability of suitable sites,
planning and other local regulations or the availability and affordability of finance may all restrict the
supply of suitable hotel development opportunities under franchise or management agreements. In
connection with entering into franchise or management agreements, the Group may be required to
make investments in, or guarantee the obligations of, third parties or guarantee minimum income 
to third parties. There are also risks that significant franchisees or groups of franchisees may have
interests that conflict, or are not aligned, with those of the Group including, for example, the
unwillingness of franchisees to support brand improvement initiatives.

Changes in legislation or regulatory changes may be implemented that have the effect of favouring
franchisees relative to brand owners.

The Group is exposed to the inherent risks of global and regional adverse political, economic and
financial market developments, including recession, inflation, availability of affordable credit and
currency fluctuations that could lower revenues and reduce income. A recession reduces leisure and
business travel to and from affected countries and adversely affects room rates and/or occupancy
levels and other income-generating activities. This may result in deterioration of results of operations
and potentially reducing the value of properties in affected economies. The owners or potential
owners of hotels franchised or managed by one group face similar risks which could adversely impact
IHG’s ability to retain and secure franchise or management agreements. More specifically, the Group
is highly exposed to the US market and, accordingly, is particularly susceptible to adverse changes 
in the US economy.

Further political or economic factors or regulatory action could effectively prevent the Group from
receiving profits from, or selling its investments in, certain countries, or otherwise adversely affect
operations. For example, changes to tax rates or legislation in the jurisdictions in which the Group
operates could decrease the proportion of profits the Group is entitled to retain, or the Group’s
interpretation of various tax laws and regulations may prove to be incorrect, resulting in higher 
than expected tax charges. 

Business review

33

The Group requires
organisational capability 
to manage changes in key
personnel and senior
management

In order to develop, support and market its products, the Group must hire and retain highly skilled
employees with particular expertise. The implementation of the Group’s strategic business plans
could be undermined by failure to recruit or retain key personnel, the unexpected loss of key senior
employees, failures in the Group’s succession planning and incentive plans, or a failure to invest in 
the development of key skills. Some of the markets in which the Group operates are experiencing
economic growth and the Group must compete against other companies inside and outside the
hospitality industry for suitably qualified or experienced employees. Failure to attract and retain these
employees may threaten the success of the Group’s operations in these markets. Additionally, unless
skills are supported by a sufficient infrastructure to enable knowledge and skills to be passed on, 
the Group risks losing accumulated knowledge if key employees leave the Group.

The Group is exposed to the
risk of events that adversely
impact domestic or
international travel

The room rates and occupancy levels of the Group could be adversely impacted by events that reduce
domestic or international travel, such as actual or threatened acts of terrorism or war, epidemics,
travel-related accidents, travel-related industrial action, increased transportation and fuel costs and
natural disasters, resulting in reduced worldwide travel or other local factors impacting individual
hotels. A decrease in the demand for hotel rooms as a result of such events may have an adverse
impact on the Group’s operations and financial results. In addition, inadequate preparedness,
contingency planning or recovery capability in relation to a major incident or crisis may prevent
operational continuity and consequently impact the value of the brand or the reputation of the Group.

I

B
U
S
N
E
S
S

R
E
V
I

E
W

The Group is reliant upon its
proprietary reservations
system and is exposed to the
risk of failures in the system
and increased competition in
reservations infrastructure

The value of the brands of the Group is partly derived from the ability to drive reservations through its
proprietary HolidexPlus reservations system, a central repository of all hotel room inventories linked
electronically to multiple sales channels including IHG-owned Internet websites, third-party Internet
intermediaries and travel agents, call centres and hotels.

Lack of resilience in operational availability could lead to prolonged service disruption and may result
in significant business interruption and subsequent impact on revenues. Lack of investment in these
systems may also result in reduced ability to compete. Additionally, failure to maintain an appropriate
e-commerce strategy and select the right partners could erode the Group’s market share.

The Group is exposed to
inherent risks in relation 
to technology and systems

To varying degrees, the Group is reliant upon certain technologies and systems (including IT systems)
for the running of its business, particularly those which are highly integrated with business processes.
Disruption to those technologies or systems could adversely affect the efficiency of the business,
notwithstanding business continuity or disaster recovery processes. The Group may have to make
substantial additional investments in new technologies or systems to remain competitive. Failing 
to keep pace with developments in technologies or systems may put the Group at a competitive
disadvantage. The technologies or systems that the Group chooses may not be commercially
successful or the technology or system strategy employed may not be sufficiently aligned with the
needs of the business or responsive to changes in business strategy. As a result, the Group could 
lose customers, fail to attract new customers or incur substantial costs or face other losses. 

The Group is exposed to the
risks of the hotel industry
supply and demand cycle

The future operating results of the Group could be adversely affected by industry overcapacity 
(by number of rooms) and weak demand due, in part, to the cyclical nature of the hotel industry, 
or other differences between planning assumptions and actual operating conditions. Reductions 
in room rates and occupancy levels would adversely impact the results of Group operations.

The Group may experience a
lack of selected development
opportunities

While the strategy of the Group is to extend the hotel network through activities that do not involve
significant amounts of its own capital, if the availability of suitable development sites becomes limited
for IHG and its prospective hotel owners, this could adversely affect its results of operations.

The Group is exposed to risks
related to corporate
responsibility

The reputation of the Group and the value of its brands are influenced by a wide variety of factors,
including the perception of key stakeholders and the communities in which the Group operates. 
The social and environmental impacts of business are under increasing scrutiny, and the Group is
exposed to the risk of damage to its reputation if it fails to demonstrate sufficiently responsible
practices, or fails to comply with regulatory requirements, in a number of areas such as safety and
security, sustainability, responsible tourism, environmental management, human rights and support
for the local community.

 
34

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Business review continued

The Group is exposed to the
risk of litigation

The Group could be at risk of litigation from many parties, including guests, customers, joint venture
partners, suppliers, employees, regulatory authorities, franchisees and/or the owners of hotels
managed by it. Claims filed in the US may include requests for punitive damages as well as
compensatory damages. Exposure to litigation or fines imposed by regulatory authorities may 
also affect the reputation of the Group.

The Group may face
difficulties insuring its
business

Historically, the Group has maintained insurance at levels determined by it to be appropriate in 
light of the cost of cover and the risk profiles of the business in which it operates. However, forces
beyond the Group’s control, including market forces, may limit the scope of coverage the Group can
obtain and the Group’s ability to obtain coverage at reasonable rates. Other forces beyond the Group’s
control, such as terrorist attacks or natural disasters may be uninsurable or simply too expensive to
insure. Inadequate or insufficient insurance could expose the Group to large claims or could result 
in the loss of capital invested in properties, as well as the anticipated future revenue from properties,
and could leave the Group responsible for guarantees, debt or other financial obligations related to
such properties.

The Group is exposed to a
variety of risks associated
with its ability to borrow and
satisfy debt covenants

The Group is reliant on having access to borrowing facilities to meet its expected capital
requirements. The majority of the Group’s borrowing facilities are only available if the financial
covenants in the facilities are complied with. If the Group is not in compliance with the covenants, 
the lenders may demand the repayment of the funds advanced. If the Group’s financial performance
does not meet market expectations it may not be able to refinance its existing facilities on terms it
considers favourable. The availability of funds for future financing is, in part, dependent on conditions
and liquidity in the capital markets.

The Group is required to
comply with data privacy
regulations

Existing and emerging data privacy regulations limit the extent to which the Group can use 
customer information for marketing or promotional purposes. Compliance with these regulations 
in each jurisdiction in which the Group operates may require changes in marketing strategies and
associated processes which could increase operating costs or reduce the success with which
products and services can be marketed to existing or future customers. In addition, non-compliance
with privacy regulations may result in fines, damage to reputation or restrictions on the use or
transfer of information.

The Group is exposed to the
risks related to information
security

The Group is increasingly dependent upon the availability, integrity and confidentiality of information
and the ability to report appropriate and accurate business performance, including financial reporting,
to investors and markets.

The reputation and performance of the Group may be adversely affected if it fails to maintain
appropriate confidentiality of information and ensure relevant controls are in place to enable the
release of information only through the appropriate channels in a timely and accurate manner.

The Group is exposed to
funding risks in relation to the
defined benefits under its
pension plans

The Group is required by law to maintain a minimum funding level in relation to its ongoing obligation
to provide current and future pensions for members of its UK pension plans who are entitled to
defined benefits. In addition, if certain plans of the Group are wound up, the Group could become
statutorily liable to make an immediate payment to the trustees to bring the funding of defined
benefits to a level which is higher than this minimum. The contributions payable by the Group must 
be set with a view to making prudent provision for the benefits accruing under the plans of the Group.

In particular, the trustees of IHG’s UK defined benefit plan may demand increases to the contribution
rates relating to the funding of this plan, which would oblige relevant employers of the Group to
contribute extra amounts. The trustees must consult the plan’s actuary and principal employer before
exercising this power. In practice, contribution rates are agreed between the Group and the trustees on
actuarial advice, and are set for three-year terms. The last such completed review was as at 31 March
2006, and the formal review as at 31 March 2009 is required to be completed by 30 June 2010.

The Board, senior management and their responsibilities

Business review and The Board, senior management and their responsibilities

35

T
H
E

I

R
R
E
S
P
O
N
S

I

B

I
L
I
T
I

E
S

I

S
E
N
O
R
M
A
N
A
G
E
M
E
N
T
A
N
D

T
H
E
B
O
A
R
D

,

In this section we present our
Board and senior management
team, our governance processes
and procedures, and our
compliance with the codes 
and regulations to which 
we are committed. We also 
present details of Directors’
remuneration in 2009, and the
structure of senior executives’ 
pay for 2010.

The Board of Directors

36
37 Other members of the Executive 

Committee
38 Directors’ report
40
45

Corporate governance
Audit Committee report

46 Remuneration report
Shareholder letter
46
Introduction
46
The Remuneration Committee
47
48 Remuneration policy and structure
49 Base salary and benefits
Annual Bonus Plan
49
Long Term Incentive Plan
50
51 Performance graph
Shareholding policy
52
Total compensation
52
53 Policy regarding pensions
53 Non-Executive Directors’ pay
53
54

Service contracts
Audited information on Directors’ 
emoluments

Holiday Inn, Dominican Republic

 
 
 
 
 
36

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

The Board of Directors

David Webster
Non-Executive Chairman*
Chairman of the Nomination Committee
Appointed Deputy Chairman and Senior Independent Director of
InterContinental Hotels Group on the separation of Six Continents PLC
in April 2003. Appointed Non-Executive Chairman on 1 January 2004.
Also Non-Executive Chairman of Makinson Cowell Limited, a
capital markets advisory firm, a member of the Appeals Committee
of the Panel on Takeovers and Mergers and a Director of Temple
Bar Investment Trust PLC. Formerly Chairman of Safeway plc and
a Non-Executive Director of Reed Elsevier PLC. Age 65.

Andrew Cosslett
Chief Executive†
Appointed Chief Executive in February 2005, joining the Group 
from Cadbury Schweppes plc where he was most recently
President, Europe, Middle East & Africa. During his career 
at Cadbury Schweppes he held a variety of senior regional
management and marketing roles in the UK and Asia Pacific. 
Also has over 11 years’ experience in brand marketing with
Unilever. A member of the Executive Committee of the World 
Travel & Tourism Council and a member of the President’s
Committee of the CBI. Age 54.

Richard Solomons
Chief Financial Officer and Head of Commercial Development†
Qualified as a chartered accountant in 1985, followed by seven
years in investment banking, based in London and New York.
Joined the Group in 1992 and held a variety of senior finance 
and operational roles. Appointed Finance Director of the Hotels
business in October 2002 in anticipation of the separation of
Six Continents PLC in April 2003. Responsible for corporate 
and regional finance, Group financial control, strategy, 
investor relations, tax, treasury, commercial development 
and procurement. Age 48.

David Kappler
Senior Independent Non-Executive Director#
Chairman of the Audit Committee
Appointed a Director and Senior Independent Director in June
2004. Non-Executive Chairman of Premier Foods plc and a 
Non-Executive Director of Shire plc. A qualified accountant and
formerly Chief Financial Officer of Cadbury Schweppes plc. Also
served as a Non-Executive Director of Camelot Group plc and 
HMV Group plc. A member of the President’s Committee of the CBI
and a member of the Trilantic Europe Advisory Council. Age 62.

Graham Allan
Non-Executive Director∞
Appointed a Director in January 2010. President of Yum!
Restaurants International (YRI), a subsidiary of Yum! Brands, Inc.,
since 2003. Previously Executive Vice President and Chief Operating
Officer of YRI and Managing Director of YRI in Europe. Has over
18 years’ experience in brand management, marketing, franchising
and retail development. Age 54.

Ralph Kugler
Non-Executive Director°
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
Appointed a Director in April 2003. Chairman of Byotrol plc, a
hygiene technology company, Chairman of Gorkana Limited, a
public relations and communications company and Senior Advisor
to 3i PLC. Was previously President, Unilever Home and Personal
Care, and served on the boards of Unilever PLC and Unilever N.V.
until May 2008. Age 53.

Jennifer Laing
Non-Executive Director•
Chairman of the Corporate Responsibility Committee
Appointed a Director in August 2005. Was Associate Dean, 
External Relations at London Business School, until 2007. A Fellow
of the Marketing Society and of the Institute of Practitioners in
Advertising, has over 30 years’ experience in advertising including
16 years with Saatchi & Saatchi. Also a Non-Executive Director 
of Hudson Highland Group Inc., a US human resources company.
Age 62.

Jonathan Linen
Non-Executive Director‡
Appointed a Director in December 2005. Was formerly Vice
Chairman of the American Express Company, having held a range
of senior positions throughout his career of over 35 years with
American Express. A Non-Executive Director of Yum! Brands, Inc.
and Modern Bank, N.A., a US private banking company. Also serves
on a number of US Councils and advisory boards. Age 66.

Ying Yeh
Non-Executive Director‡
Appointed a Director in December 2007. Vice President and
Chairman, Greater China Region, Nalco Company, a water
treatment and process improvement company. Previously
Chairman and President, North Asia Region, President, Business
Development, Asia Pacific Region and Vice President, Eastman
Kodak Company. Also a Non-Executive Director of AB Volvo. Was,
for 15 years, a diplomat with the US Foreign Service in Hong Kong
and Beijing until 1997. Age 61.

Other members of the Executive Committee

The Board of Directors and Other members of the Executive Committee

37

George Turner
Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Company Secretary†§
Solicitor, qualified to private practice in 1995. After 12 years with
Imperial Chemical Industries PLC, where he was most recently
Deputy Company Secretary, he joined the Group in September 2008.
Appointed Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Company
Secretary in January 2009. Responsible for corporate governance,
risk management, insurance, data privacy, internal audit, company
secretariat and legal. Age 39.

The Board of Directors and members of the 
Executive Committee together comprise the IHG Senior
Leadership Team. 

While the Directors have certain specific legal and
regulatory duties and responsibilities, they work with and
rely on the detailed knowledge and experience of the
Executive Committee members to secure the effective
running of the business in support of IHG’s core purpose 
to create Great Hotels Guests Love.

* A Non-Executive Director and a member 

of the Nomination Committee 

†

#

A member of the Executive Committee 

An independent Non-Executive Director and a member 
of the Audit, Remuneration and Nomination Committees 

∞ An independent Non-Executive Director and a member 

of the Audit and Nomination Committees

°  An independent Non-Executive Director and a member 
of the Audit, Remuneration, Nomination and Corporate
Responsibility Committees

• An independent Non-Executive Director and a member 
of the Audit, Nomination and Corporate Responsibility
Committees

‡

An independent Non-Executive Director and a member 
of the Remuneration and Nomination Committees 

§ Not a main Board Director

Jim Abrahamson
President, The Americas†§
Has over 31 years’ experience in hotel operations, branding,
development and franchise relations. Joined the Group in 
January 2009 from Global Hyatt Corporation, where he served 
as Head of Development, The Americas, with responsibility for
development of all of the Hyatt brands in the region, and playing 
a key part in Global Hyatt’s entry into new markets and segments.
Previously Senior Vice President, Hilton Hotels Corporation 
for 12 years. Responsible for the business development and
performance of all the hotel brands and properties in the 
Americas region. Age 54.

Tom Conophy
Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer†§
Has over 29 years’ experience in the IT industry, including
management and development of new technology solutions within
the travel and hospitality business. Joined the Group in February
2006 from Starwood Hotels & Resorts International where he held
the position of Executive Vice President & Chief Technology Officer.
Responsible for global technology, including IT systems and
information management throughout the Group. Age 49.

Kirk Kinsell
President, EMEA†§
Has over 27 years’ experience in the hospitality industry, 
including senior franchise positions with Holiday Inn Corporation 
and ITT Sheraton, prior to joining the Group in 2002 as 
Senior Vice President, Chief Development Officer for the 
Americas region. Became President, EMEA in September 2007.
Responsible for the business development and performance of 
all the hotel brands and properties in the EMEA region. Age 55.

Tracy Robbins
Executive Vice President, Global Human Resources†§
Has over 24 years’ experience in line and HR roles in service
industries. Joined the Group in December 2005 from 
Compass Group PLC, a world leading food service company, 
where she was Group Human Resources Leadership &
Development Director. Previously Group HR Director for 
Forte Hotels Group. Responsible for global talent management 
and leadership development, reward strategy and implementation.
Age 46.

Tom Seddon
Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer†§
Has over 17 years’ experience in sales and marketing in the
hospitality industry, including with IHG’s predecessor parent
companies from 1994 to 2004. Rejoined the Group in November 2007,
from restaurant business SUBWAY® where he was responsible for
worldwide sales and marketing activities. Has responsibility for
worldwide brand management, reservations, e-commerce, global
sales, relationship and distribution marketing, loyalty programmes
and corporate responsibility. Age 41.

T
H
E

I

R
R
E
S
P
O
N
S

I

B

I
L
I
T
I

E
S

I

S
E
N
O
R
M
A
N
A
G
E
M
E
N
T
A
N
D

T
H
E
B
O
A
R
D

,

 
 
 
 
 
38

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Directors’ report

The Directors present their report for the financial year ended
31 December 2009.

Certain information required for disclosure in this report is
provided in other appropriate sections of the Annual Report and
Financial Statements 2009. These include the Business Review, the
Corporate Governance and Remuneration Reports and the Group
financial statements, and these are, accordingly, incorporated into
this report by reference.

Activities of the Group
The principal activities of the Group are in hotels and resorts, with
franchising, management, ownership and leasehold interests in
over 4,400 establishments, with almost 650,000 guest rooms in
over 100 countries and territories around the world. 

Business review
This Directors’ Report should be read in conjunction with the
Chairman’s statement and the Chief Executive’s review on pages 
3 to 5, and the Business Review on pages 8 to 34. Taken together,
these provide a fair review of the Group’s strategy and business,
significant developments during the year and a description of the
principal risks and uncertainties it faces. The development and
performance of the business during and at the end of the year 
are described, together with main trends, factors and likely
developments, key performance indicators, environmental and
employee matters, and social and community issues. 

Results and dividends
The operating profit before exceptional items was $363m: the
Group’s income statement is set out on page 60 of the Group
financial statements. An interim dividend of 7.3p per share 
(12.2 cents per ADR) was paid on 2 October 2009. The Directors 
are recommending a final dividend of 18.7p per share (29.2 cents
per ADR) to be paid on 4 June 2010 to shareholders on the Register
of Members at the close of business on 26 March 2010. Total
dividends relating to the year are expected to amount to $119m.

Share capital 
During the year, 1,423,874 new shares were issued under employee
share plans. The Company’s issued share capital at 31 December
2009 consisted of 286,976,067 ordinary shares of 13 29⁄47p each.
There are no special control rights or restrictions on transfer
attaching to these ordinary shares.

IHG operates an Employee Share Option Trust (ESOT) for the
benefit of employees and former employees. The ESOT purchases
shares in the market and releases them to current and former
employees in satisfaction of share awards. During the year, the
ESOT released 3,058,848 shares and at 31 December 2009 it held
283,895 shares in the Company. The ESOT adopts a prudent
approach to purchasing shares, using funds provided by the Group,
based on expectations of future requirements.

No awards or grants over shares were made during 2009 that
would be dilutive of the Company’s ordinary share capital. Current
policy is to settle the majority of awards or grants under the
Company’s share plans with shares purchased in the market. 
A number of options granted up to 2005 are yet to be exercised 
and will be settled with the issue of new shares.

The Company has not utilised the authority given by shareholders
at any of its Annual General Meetings to allot shares for cash
without first offering such shares to existing shareholders.

Share repurchases
During 2009, the Company continued to defer the remaining £30m
of its £150m share repurchase programme in order to preserve
cash and maintain the strength of IHG’s balance sheet. 

No shares were purchased or cancelled under the authority
granted by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting held on
29 May 2009. The share buyback authority remains in force until 
the Annual General Meeting in 2010, and a resolution to renew 
the authority will be put to shareholders at that Meeting.

Substantial shareholdings 
As at 15 February 2010, the Company had been notified, in
accordance with the Disclosure and Transparency Rules of the 
UK Financial Services Authority, of the following significant
holdings representing 3% or more of its issued share capital:

Ellerman Corporation Limited

10.00%

Direct interest

FIL Limited

BlackRock, Inc.

Cedar Rock Capital Limited

Legal & General Group Plc

Lloyds Banking Group plc

5.14%

5.11%

5.07%

3.96%

3.84%

Direct interest

Indirect interest

Direct interest

Direct interest

Direct and 
indirect interest

Longleaf Partners Fund

3.74%

Direct interest

Directors 
Details of Directors who served on the Board during the year are
shown on page 36. Details of the beneficial share interests of
Directors who were on the Board at the year end are shown below.
No changes to these interests occurred between the year end and
the date of this Report.

31 December 2009
InterContinental Hotels Group PLC
ordinary shares1

Executive Directors
Andrew Cosslett
Richard Solomons
Non-Executive Directors
David Kappler
Ralph Kugler
Jennifer Laing
Jonathan Linen
David Webster
Ying Yeh

419,927
322,743

1,400
1,169
3,373
7,3432
34,117
–

1 These shareholdings are all beneficial interests and include shares 

held by Directors’ spouses and other connected persons. None of the
Directors has a beneficial interest in the shares of any subsidiary. These
shareholdings do not include Executive Directors’ entitlements to share
awards under the Company’s share plans, which are set out separately
in the Remuneration Report on pages 55 and 56.

2 Held in the form of American Depositary Receipts.

Directors’ report

39

Subject to the Company’s Articles of Association, any relevant
legislation and to any directions given by special resolution, the
business is managed by the Board which may exercise all the
powers of the Company. These include the power to allot and 
to purchase shares.

During the year, IHG has maintained cover for its Directors and
officers, and those of its subsidiary companies, under a directors’
and officers’ liability insurance policy, as permitted by the
Companies Act 2006. 

The Group has provided to all of its Directors, indemnities in
respect of costs of defending claims against them and third-party
liabilities. These are all qualifying third-party indemnity provisions
for the purposes of the Companies Act 2006 and are all currently 
in force. 

There were no indemnity provisions relating to the UK pension
plan, for the benefit of the Directors of the Company, in place
during the period.

Employees
IHG directly employed an average of 7,556 people worldwide 
during 2009, whose costs are borne by the Group. When the whole
IHG estate is taken into account (including staff working in the
franchised and managed hotels) approximately 335,000 people 
are employed globally across IHG’s brands.

Further information regarding the Group’s employment policies,
including its obligations under equal opportunities legislation, 
its commitment to employee communications and its approach
towards staff development, can be found on pages 22 to 25 of the
Business Review.

Charitable donations
During the year, the Group donated $813,900 in support of
community initiatives and charitable causes. In addition to this
contribution IHG employees are encouraged to give their time 
and skills to a variety of causes and they, as well as IHG guests,
also made donations both in cash and in kind during 2009. Taking
all these contributions into account, total donations in 2009 are
estimated at $1,675,000.

Political donations
The Group made no political donations during the year and
proposes to maintain its policy of not making such payments.

Financial risk management
The Group’s financial risk management objectives and policies,
including its use of financial instruments, are set out on page 21 of
the Business Review and in notes 22 and 23 to the Group financial
statements on pages 89 to 92.

A number of IHG’s financing arrangements are terminable upon 
a change of control of the Company.

Policy on payment of suppliers 
InterContinental Hotels Group PLC is a holding company and has
no trade creditors. Group companies apply standard payment
terms which are considered reasonable, transparent and
consistent with prevailing commercial practices. These are agreed
with suppliers and payments are contingent on goods or services
being supplied to the required standard. 

Auditors 
The Directors who held office as at the date of approval of this
report confirm that they have taken steps to make themselves
aware of relevant audit information. None of the Directors is aware
of any relevant audit information which has not been disclosed to
the auditors. 

Ernst & Young LLP have expressed their willingness to continue in
office as auditors of the Company and their reappointment will be
put to members at the Annual General Meeting. 

Annual General Meeting 
The Notice convening the Annual General Meeting to be held at
11.00am on Friday, 28 May 2010 is contained in a circular sent 
to shareholders at the same time as this Report. 

Going concern 
The wider economic climate currently creates trading uncertainty
for the hotel industry and IHG. The key business risks for IHG are
outlined on pages 32 to 34 in the Business Review but, in particular
over the relatively short term, the main risks are falling consumer
demand, restrictions on the availability of finance for hotel owners
and a fall in the pace of new room openings. As highlighted in note
21 to the Group financial statements on pages 88 and 89, the Group
refinanced its debt in May 2008 and issued a £250m seven-year
bond in December 2009 which was used to replace most of the
$500m bank facility that expires in November 2010. At the end 
of 2009, the Group was trading significantly within its banking
covenants and debt facility. 

The Group’s fee-based model and wide geographic spread means
that it is well placed to manage through the current downturn 
and our forecasts and sensitivity projections, based on a range 
of reasonably possible changes in trading performance, show 
that the Group should be able to operate within the level of its
current facility. 

After making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable
expectation that the Company and the Group have adequate
resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable
future and, accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern
basis in preparing the financial statements.

By order of the Board

George Turner 
Company Secretary
15 February 2010

T
H
E

I

R
R
E
S
P
O
N
S

I

B

I
L
I
T
I

E
S

I

S
E
N
O
R
M
A
N
A
G
E
M
E
N
T
A
N
D

T
H
E
B
O
A
R
D

,

 
 
 
 
 
40

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Corporate governance

2009 saw an increased focus on corporate governance by external
regulators in the wake of the global economic recession and
perceived shortfalls in governance standards in the financial
services sector.

Although not directly affected by the proposals arising from the
Walker Review of Corporate Governance of UK Banking Industry,
IHG takes its corporate governance responsibilities seriously and
aims to implement and uphold robust and responsible business
processes and policies throughout the Group. The Board continues
to observe recommendations arising from current regulatory
scrutiny and aims to implement any relevant changes proposed 
by the Financial Reporting Council following their review of the
Combined Code on Corporate Governance (Combined Code).

This section of the Annual Report describes IHG’s approach
towards control, risk management and compliance in accordance
with current regulatory standards.

Combined Code compliance
The Board is committed to compliance with the principles set out 
in the Combined Code, available at www.frc.org.uk, and considers
that the Company has complied with the Combined Code’s
requirements throughout the year ended 31 December 2009. 

As InterContinental Hotels Group PLC’s shares are also listed on the
New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), the Company is subject to the rules
of the NYSE, US securities laws and the rules of the Securities and
Exchange Commission (SEC). As required by the SEC, a statement
outlining the differences between the Company’s corporate
governance practices and those followed by US companies may 
be found on the Company’s website at www.ihgplc.com/investors
under corporate governance/NYSE differences. 

Control environment 
The Board is responsible for the Group’s system of internal 
control and risk management and for reviewing its effectiveness. 
In order to discharge that responsibility, the Board has 
established the procedures necessary to apply the Combined 
Code, including clear operating procedures, lines of responsibility
and delegated authorities. 

Business performance is managed closely and, in particular, 
the Board, the Executive Committee and the Regional Operating
Committees have established processes, as part of the normal
good management of the business, to monitor: 

• strategic plan achievement, through a comprehensive series 

of Group and regional strategic reviews; 

• financial performance, within a comprehensive financial

planning and accounting framework; 

• capital investment performance, with detailed appraisal and

authorisation processes; and 

• risk management (through an ongoing process, which has been
in place up to the date of the accounts), providing assurance
through reports from the Head of Global Risk Management, 
the Head of Global Internal Audit, and, as appropriate, from
management, that the significant risks faced by the Group are
being identified, evaluated and appropriately managed, having
regard to the balance of risk, cost and opportunity. 

In addition, the Audit Committee reviews: 

• regular reports from management, Global Internal Audit and 

the external auditor on the effectiveness of systems for internal
control, financial reporting and risk management;

• the timeliness and effectiveness of corrective action taken 

by management; and 

• material financial and non-financial risks. 

The Board has conducted a review of the effectiveness of the
system of internal control during the year ended 31 December
2009. This covered all material controls, including financial,
operational and compliance controls, and risk management
systems, and took into account any material developments since
the year end. 

The review was carried out through the monitoring process set 
out above, which accords with the Turnbull Guidance. The system
of internal control is designed to manage, rather than eliminate,
the risk of failure to achieve business objectives and it must be
recognised that it can only provide reasonable and not absolute
assurance against material misstatement or loss. Whilst areas 
for improvement in internal control have been identified and
actions initiated as a result of the above process, no significant
shortcomings in internal control have been identified from the
annual assessment.

To comply with the Group’s US obligations, arising from the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act 2002, the key financial controls across all 
our business units have been identified and evaluated. This has
enabled appropriate representations regarding the effectiveness 
of internal financial controls to be made in the Company’s Annual
Report on Form 20-F, in compliance with these US obligations.

With regard to insurance against risk, it is not practicable to insure
against every risk to the fullest extent. Whilst the insurance market
has eased in some areas, certain risks remain difficult to insure
both as to breadth and cost of coverage. In some cases external
insurance is not available at all or not at an economic price. 
The Group regularly reviews both the type and amount of external
insurance that it buys, bearing in mind the availability of such
cover, its price and the likelihood and magnitude of the risks
involved. The key risk factors that could affect the Group are set 
out in the Business Review on pages 32 to 34.

Corporate governance

41

On appointment, Non-Executive Directors participate in induction
programmes designed to meet their individual needs and to
introduce them to, and familiarise them with, the principal
activities of the Group and with central and regional management.
Graham Allan, as a Non-Executive Director appointed on 1 January
2010, has been invited to participate in such a programme.
Comprehensive induction programmes are also put in place for 
any Executive Director who may join the Group. These induction
programmes accord with the best practice guidelines. The
updating of all Directors’ skills and knowledge is a progressive
exercise. This is accomplished at Board and strategy meetings,
through presentations and visits to hotels and other business
premises, and through contact with employees at all levels. 

Eight regular Board meetings are scheduled each year and further
meetings are held as needed. During 2009, eight Board meetings
were held. These were attended by all Directors with the exception
of Jonathan Linen who could not attend one meeting due to illness.
Despite being unable to attend, he was provided with all the papers
and information relevant to that meeting and was able to discuss
matters arising with the Chairman and the Chief Executive.

All Directors are briefed by means of comprehensive papers 
in advance of Board meetings and by presentations at meetings.
Their understanding of the Group’s operations is enhanced by
regular business presentations outside Board meetings and visits
to the regions. 

The Company’s Articles of Association were amended with effect
from 1 October 2008 to allow the Directors to authorise conflicts
and potential conflicts of interest, where appropriate. The Board
continues to have conflicts of interest as a standing agenda item 
at each meeting and asked each of the Directors to identify any
conflicts or potential conflicts by returning a questionnaire to the
Company Secretary during 2009. The Board considered all the
responses to the questionnaire at a meeting of the full Board and
approved those potential conflicts it considered appropriate.

Board and Committee structure 
To support the principles of good corporate governance, the Board
and Committee structure operates as set out below. 

The Board 
The Board’s current composition of the Non-Executive Chairman,
two Executive and six Non-Executive Directors meets the
requirement of the Combined Code for at least half the Board,
excluding the Chairman, to be independent Non-Executive
Directors. In the Board’s view, all of the current Non-Executive
Directors are independent.

The Board is responsible to the shareholders for the strategic
direction, development, performance and control of the Group. 
It therefore approves strategic plans and capital and revenue
budgets. It reviews significant investment proposals and the
performance of past investments and maintains an overview 
and control of the Group’s operating and financial performance. 
It monitors the Group’s overall system of internal controls,
governance and compliance. The Board ensures that the necessary
financial and human resources are in place for the Group to meet
its objectives. The Board has established a schedule of matters
which are reserved for its attention and decision. These may be
found on the Company’s website at www.ihgplc.com/investors
under corporate governance/main board and executive committee.

The Board adopts objective criteria for the appointment of
Directors, and the roles of the Chairman and of the Chief Executive
have been defined in writing and approved by the Board.

The Board has responsibility for the planned and progressive
refreshing of the Board and its Committees. It establishes and
regularly reviews its policy in both of these areas and it is the
Nomination Committee’s responsibility to evaluate formally the
required skills, knowledge and experience of the Board, in a
structured way. 

Directors of the Company during 2009 were: 

David Webster 
Andrew Cosslett 
Richard Solomons  Chief Financial Officer 

Position
Non-Executive Chairman 
Chief Executive 

Date of original 
appointment1
15.4.03
3.2.05

David Kappler 

Ralph Kugler 
Jennifer Laing
Jonathan Linen
Ying Yeh

and Head of Commercial 
Development
Non-Executive Director and 
Senior Independent Director
Non-Executive Director 
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director 

10.2.03

21.6.04
15.4.03
25.8.05
1.12.05
1.12.07

1 The capital reorganisation of the Group, effective on 27 June 2005,
entailed the insertion of a new parent company of the Group. All
Directors serving at that time signed new letters of appointment
effective from that date. The dates shown above represent the 
original dates of appointment of each of the Directors to the Group’s
parent company.

Current Directors’ biographical details are set out on page 36 of this
Annual Report. These include their main external commitments. 

T
H
E

I

R
R
E
S
P
O
N
S

I

B

I
L
I
T
I

E
S

I

S
E
N
O
R
M
A
N
A
G
E
M
E
N
T
A
N
D

T
H
E
B
O
A
R
D

,

 
 
 
 
 
42

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Corporate governance continued

Performance evaluations of the Board and the Directors were
undertaken for 2009. An independent third-party facilitator assists
in the performance evaluation in alternate years. The 2009
evaluation involved such external assistance.

The 2009 Board evaluation, including that of the Chairman and the
Executive Directors, involved completion of questionnaires and the
Chairman having discussions with each Director individually.

The Board received feedback through a presentation at a meeting
of the full Board, and the findings were discussed. It was concluded
that the Board was operating in an effective manner and areas
where more emphasis could be considered were identified and
tabled for further action.

With regard to the performance of individual Directors, as part of
the evaluation process, the Chairman held meetings with each
Director and it was concluded that they continue to make an
effective contribution to the work of the Board. All Directors are
well prepared and informed concerning items to be considered by
the Board, have a good understanding of the Group’s business and
retain a strong commitment to their roles.

During the year, the Non-Executive Directors met together without
the Chairman present, under the chairmanship of the Senior
Independent Director, to appraise the Chairman’s performance.
The outcome of this appraisal was positive.

The work and effectiveness during the year of the Audit,
Remuneration and Nomination Committees were also evaluated.
These reviews concluded that each Committee was operating in 
an effective manner.

Chairman 
David Webster was Non-Executive Chairman throughout the year.
He is also Non-Executive Chairman of Makinson Cowell Limited, a
member of the Appeals Committee of the Panel on Takeovers and
Mergers, and a Director of Temple Bar Investment Trust PLC.

The Chairman has responsibility for ensuring the efficient
operation of the Board and its Committees, for overseeing
corporate governance matters and ensuring they are addressed,
for representing the Group externally and communicating
particularly with shareholders. Working closely with the Chief
Executive and the Company Secretary, he also ensures that
Directors receive a full, formal and tailored induction to the Group
and its business and that all Directors are fully informed of relevant
matters. The Chairman also meets with the Non-Executive
Directors, without Executive Directors present. 

Chief Executive 
Andrew Cosslett was Chief Executive throughout the year. He has
responsibility to recommend to the Board and to implement the
Group’s strategic objectives. He is responsible for the executive
management of the Group and following the reorganisation of the
Asia Pacific region in June 2009 has overall responsibility for the
region. He is a member of the Executive Committee of the World
Travel & Tourism Council and a member of the President’s
Committee of the CBI. Neither of these positions is remunerated.

Senior Independent Director 
David Kappler was Senior Independent Director throughout the
year. His responsibilities include being available to liaise with
shareholders who have issues to raise and leading the
performance evaluation of the Chairman. 

Non-Executive Directors 
A team of experienced independent Non-Executive Directors
represents a strong source of advice and judgement. There are
currently six such Directors, in addition to the Non-Executive
Chairman, each of whom has significant external commercial
experience. The Non-Executive Directors, including the Chairman,
meet during the year to consider the Group’s business and
management. 

Non-Executive Directors have the opportunity of continuing
professional development during the year and of gaining further
insight into the Group’s business. In addition, the training
requirements of the Non-Executive Directors are kept under review.
During 2009 visits to operating premises were undertaken as part
of this ongoing development process. 

Company Secretary 
All Directors have access to the advice and services of the
Company Secretary. His responsibilities include ensuring good
information flows to the Board and its Committees and between
senior management and the Non-Executive Directors. He
facilitates the induction of Directors, the regular updating and
refreshing of their skills and knowledge and he assists them in
fulfilling their duties and responsibilities. Through the Chairman,
he is responsible for advising the Board on corporate governance
and generally for keeping the Board up to date on all legal,
regulatory and other developments. The Company Secretary 
acts as secretary to each of the main Board Committees. 

Corporate governance

43

Committees 
Each Committee of the Board has written terms of reference which are approved by the Board and which are subject to review every year. 

Audit Committee
The Audit Committee is chaired by David Kappler who has significant recent and relevant financial experience and is the Committee’s
financial expert. During 2009 the other Committee members were Ralph Kugler and Jennifer Laing. The Committee is scheduled to meet
at least three times a year. The Committee met five times in 2009: these meetings were attended by all Committee members. The Audit
Committee’s role is described on page 45. 

Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee, chaired by Ralph Kugler, also comprises the following Non-Executive Directors: David Kappler, 
Jonathan Linen and Ying Yeh. It meets at least twice a year. The Committee met four times during 2009: these meetings were attended
by all Committee members. The Remuneration Committee’s role is described on page 47.

Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee comprises any three Non-Executive Directors although, where possible, all Non-Executive Directors are
present. It is chaired by the Chairman of the Company. Its terms of reference reflect the principal duties proposed as good practice and
referred to in the Combined Code. The Committee nominates, for approval by the Board, candidates for appointment to the Board. The
Committee generally engages external consultants to advise on candidates for Board appointments and did so in connection with the
appointment of Graham Allan. Candidate profiles and objective selection criteria are prepared in advance of any engagements. The
Committee also has responsibility for succession planning and assists in identifying and developing the role of the Senior Independent
Director. It meets at least twice a year. The Committee met three times during 2009: these meetings were attended by the Chairman 
and all the Non-Executive Directors.

Corporate Responsibility Committee
The Corporate Responsibility Committee, chaired by Jennifer Laing, was established in February 2009. The other Committee member is
Ralph Kugler. Meetings are regularly attended by other members of the Board and Executive Committee. The Committee is scheduled to
meet at least twice a year. The Committee met twice in 2009: these meetings were attended by both Committee members. The Corporate
Responsibility Committee’s role is described on page 26.

A summary of each Director’s attendance at the Board and its principal Committee meetings during 2009 is provided in the table below:

David Webster
Andrew Cosslett
Richard Solomons
David Kappler 
Ralph Kugler 
Jennifer Laing 
Jonathan Linen 
Ying Yeh 
Total meetings held

Chairman
Executive Director
Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director
Non-Executive Director

Board
8
8
8
8
8
8
7
8
8

Audit  Remuneration
Committee
n/a
n/a
n/a
4
4
n/a
4
4
4

Committee
n/a
n/a
n/a
5
5
5
n/a
n/a
5

Corporate
Nomination Responsibility
Committee
Committee
n/a
3
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
3
2
3
2
3
n/a
3
n/a
3
2
3

Executive Committee
The Executive Committee is chaired by the Chief Executive. It consists of the Executive Directors and the most senior executives from the
Group and usually meets monthly. Its role is to consider and manage a range of important strategic and business issues facing the Group.
It is responsible for monitoring the performance of the business. It is authorised to approve capital and revenue investment within levels
agreed by the Board. It reviews and recommends to the Board the most significant investment proposals. 

Disclosure Committee
The Disclosure Committee, chaired by the Group’s Financial Controller, and comprising the Company Secretary and other senior
executives, reports to the Chief Executive, the Chief Financial Officer and to the Audit Committee. Its duties include ensuring that
information required to be disclosed in reports pursuant to UK and US accounting, statutory or listing requirements, fairly represents 
the Group’s position in all material respects. 

General Purposes Committee 
The General Purposes Committee comprises any one Executive Committee member together with a senior officer from an agreed and
restricted list of senior executives. It is always chaired by an Executive Committee member. It attends to business of a routine nature 
and to the administration of matters, the principles of which have been agreed previously by the Board or an appropriate Committee. 

T
H
E

I

R
R
E
S
P
O
N
S

I

B

I
L
I
T
I

E
S

I

S
E
N
O
R
M
A
N
A
G
E
M
E
N
T
A
N
D

T
H
E
B
O
A
R
D

,

 
 
 
 
 
44

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Corporate governance continued

Appointment, removal and re-election 
of Directors
The rules governing the appointment and removal of Directors 
are set out in the Company’s Articles of Association. New Directors
are subject to election by shareholders at the next Annual General
Meeting following appointment, and the office of a Director 
shall be vacated in the circumstances defined in Article 90 of the
Articles of Association, eg prohibition by law, bankruptcy, absence
without leave.

Graham Allan, having been appointed as a Director since the last
Annual General Meeting, will retire and stand for election at the
Annual General Meeting on 28 May 2010.

The Company’s Articles of Association provide that those Directors
who have not been subject to election by shareholders within the
last three years, must retire and stand for re-election at the next
Annual General Meeting. In 2010, two Directors fall into this
category. Therefore, Ralph Kugler and David Webster will retire 
by rotation and offer themselves for re-election at the Annual
General Meeting. 

The Notice of Annual General Meeting, sent to shareholders at 
the same time as this Report, provides further information about
the Directors standing for election and re-election. Information on
Executive Directors’ service contracts is set out on page 53. The
Non-Executive Chairman and the six independent Non-Executive
Directors have letters of appointment.

Independent advice 
There is an agreed procedure by which members of the Board may
take independent professional advice in the furtherance of their
duties and they have access to the advice and services of the
Company Secretary. 

Shareholder relations 
The Group reports formally to shareholders twice a year when its
half-year and full-year results are announced. The Chief Executive
and the Chief Financial Officer give presentations on these results
to institutional investors, analysts and the media. Telephone 
dial-in facilities and live audio webcasts enable access to these
presentations for all shareholders. In addition, there are telephone
conferences after the release of the first and third quarter results.
The data used in these presentations and conferences may be
found at www.ihgplc.com/investors under financial library.

IHG also has a programme of meetings throughout the year with its
major institutional shareholders, which provides an opportunity to
discuss, using publicly available information, the progress of the
business, its performance, plans and objectives. The Chairman, 
the Senior Independent Director and other Non-Executive Directors
are available to meet with major shareholders to understand their
issues and concerns and to discuss governance and strategy. Any
new Director is available for meetings with major shareholders as
a matter of course. 

Additionally, the Annual General Meeting provides a useful
interface with private shareholders, many of whom are also
customers. Information about the Group is maintained and
available to shareholders through the Company’s website. 

A formal external review of shareholder opinion is presented 
to the Board on an annual basis and both the Executive 
Committee and the Board receive regular updates on shareholder
relations activities. 

Information on share capital and substantial shareholdings in the
Company is set out on page 38 of the Directors’ Report.

Further information 
The terms of reference of all of the Committees of the Board 
were reviewed during the year. It was confirmed that all terms 
of reference continue to reflect best practice. A number of 
minor amendments were made to update the terms of 
reference of the Remuneration Committee. Principal Committees’
terms of reference are available on the Company’s website
www.ihgplc.com/investors under corporate governance/committees
or from the Company Secretary’s office on request. 

The Articles of Association of the Company are available 
on the Company’s website www.ihgplc.com/investors under
corporate governance. 

George Turner
Company Secretary
15 February 2010

Audit Committee report

Corporate governance and Audit Committee report

45

T
H
E

I

R
R
E
S
P
O
N
S

I

B

I
L
I
T
I

E
S

I

S
E
N
O
R
M
A
N
A
G
E
M
E
N
T
A
N
D

T
H
E
B
O
A
R
D

,

The Audit Committee supports the Board in meeting its
responsibilities in relation to the integrity of the Group’s financial
statements and associated announcements, the adequacy of
internal control and risk management systems and the
appointment and work of the internal and external auditors. 
The role of the Audit Committee is summarised below and in 
full in its terms of reference, a copy of which is available on the
Company’s website www.ihgplc.com/investors under corporate
governance or on request. 

The Committee’s composition, and the attendance of its members
in 2009, are set out on page 43. 

The Committee’s Chairman and financial expert, David Kappler, 
is a chartered management accountant and until April 2004 was
Chief Financial Officer of Cadbury Schweppes plc. He also chairs
the Audit, Compliance and Risk Committee of Shire plc. 

During the year, the Committee’s deliberations included the
following matters: 

• quarterly, interim and full-year financial results. These public

financial statements are reviewed by the Committee in advance
of their consideration by the Board. There is adequate time
between this review and the Board’s approval to complete any
actions or further work requested by the Committee;

• the scope and cost of the external audit; 

• any non-audit work carried out by the Group’s external auditor

(and trends in the non-audit fees) in accordance with the
Committee’s policy to ensure the safeguarding of audit
independence and objectivity; 

• the external auditor’s quarterly, interim and full-year reports; 

• the effectiveness of the external auditors and consideration of

their objectivity, independence and reappointment; 

The Committee’s principal responsibilities are to: 

• the scope of the annual Global Internal Audit plan, Global

• review the Group’s public statements on internal control and

corporate governance compliance prior to their consideration 
by the Board; 

Internal Audit’s approach to delivering assurance, its resourcing
and the results of its reviews; 

• oversight of the financial control self-assessment process; 

• review the Group’s processes for detecting and addressing fraud,

• the effectiveness of the Global Internal Audit function and its

misconduct and control weaknesses and to consider the
response to any such occurrence, including overseeing the
process enabling the anonymous submission of concerns; 

• review reports from management, internal audit and external
audit concerning the effectiveness of internal control, financial
reporting and risk management processes; 

• review with management and the external auditor any financial

statements required under UK or US legislation before
submission to the Board; 

• establish, review and maintain the role and effectiveness of the
internal audit function, including overseeing the appointment of
the Head of Global Internal Audit; 

• assume responsibility for the appointment, compensation,

resignation, dismissal and the overseeing of the external auditor,
including review of the external audit, its cost and effectiveness; 

• pre-approve non-audit work to be carried out by the external
auditor, and the fees to be paid for that work, along with the
monitoring of the external auditor’s independence; and

compliance with professional standards; 

• any major changes in the Group’s internal controls and control

environment; 

• the co-ordination of the internal and external audit functions; 

• the Group’s framework for the identification and control of major

risks, and the results of the Group’s risk review process; 

• developments in corporate governance and accounting

standards in the UK and the US; 

• reports from the Head of Global Risk Management on the

activities of that function; 

• consideration of the results of the Group’s tangible asset

impairment review and going concern review; 

• overseeing the Group’s Sarbanes-Oxley Act compliance work; 

• the disclosure controls and procedures operated by the Group,
with reference to periodic reports from the Chairman of the
Disclosure Committee;

• reviewing the Group’s approach to managing tax risk, including

• oversee the Group’s Code of Ethics and Business Conduct and

related policies and initiatives;

associated procedures for monitoring adherence. 

• the impact on IHG of the continued volatility and risk aversion 

The Committee discharges its responsibilities through a series 
of Audit Committee meetings during the year, at which detailed
reports are presented for review. The Committee commissions
reports, either from external advisers, the Head of Global Internal
Audit, or Group management, after consideration of the major 
risks to the Group or in response to developing issues. The Chief
Financial Officer attends its meetings, as do the external auditor
and the Head of Global Internal Audit, both of whom have the
opportunity to meet privately with the Committee, in the absence 
of Group management, at the conclusion of each meeting. 

All proposals for the provision of non-audit services by the external
auditor are pre-approved by the Audit Committee or its delegated
member, the overriding consideration being to ensure that the
provision of non-audit services does not impact the external
auditor’s independence and objectivity. 

in the financial markets;

• consideration of the Group’s technology strategy and related risks;

• consideration of the Group’s treasury objectives and policies;

• a review of changes to the Group’s policy on delegation 

of authority;

• a review of the funding position and governance of the Group’s

main pension plan;

• periodic reports on any significant incidents of fraud or any

allegations made via the Group’s whistleblowing procedures 
and the effectiveness of these procedures;

• any material litigation involving the Group; and

• consideration of the effectiveness of the Audit Committee and

the continuing appropriateness of its terms of reference.

David Kappler
Chairman of the Audit Committee
15 February 2010

 
 
 
 
 
46

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Remuneration report

Dear Shareholder

I am pleased to present the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
for 2009. This year, we have made changes to the layout of the
Remuneration Report to enhance the clarity of disclosure, and 
to make it easier to read and understand.

Market conditions during 2009 were highly challenging in the
hospitality industry due to the economic recession globally, with
considerable pressure on both revenue per available room (RevPAR)
and costs. Management took a number of measures to increase
competitiveness in these difficult conditions, including a significant
cost savings programme and the restructuring of the Asia Pacific
region. These initiatives involved streamlining parts of the global
organisation, discretionary cost control, improved effectiveness,
and greater use of IHG’s scale to achieve purchasing savings. 

The Remuneration Committee has focused on ensuring that the
remuneration arrangements for senior executives support these
initiatives, as well as 2010 goals and long-term value creation. It is
also important that remuneration structures for senior executives
appropriately reflect the cost control and efficiency principles that
are being implemented throughout the business.

Several changes were made to the remuneration approach in 2009
to reflect the tougher conditions:

• there was no general salary increase;

• the weighting of earnings before interest and tax (EBIT) in the
Annual Bonus Plan (ABP) was increased to 70%. It was also
decided that there would be no annual bonus payment for
performance below 85% of the EBIT target;

• the maximum potential award for the earnings per share (EPS)
element in the Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) was halved, and
the total maximum LTIP award was reduced by 25%; 

• the LTIP rules were amended to enable the Remuneration

Committee to exercise its discretion to reduce vesting, should
results not be consistent with the underlying quality of business
performance; and

• the Non-Executive Directors received no increase in their fees.

Introduction
This report sets out the
remuneration policy for the
Company’s Directors, describes its
implementation, and sets out the
amounts paid in 2009. It has been
prepared by the Remuneration
Committee and has been approved
by the Board. It complies with the
Companies Act 2006 and related
regulations. This report will be 
put to shareholders for approval 
at the forthcoming Annual 
General Meeting.

The Remuneration Committee is focused on maintaining robust
links between performance and reward. Results against key
performance indicators for 2009 included: 

2009 Key performance indicators (per annum)
EBIT growth
RevPAR growth
Employee engagement growth
Three-year TSR growth (annualised)
Three-year adjusted EPS growth (annualised)

–34% 
–14.7%
+1%
–8.7%
+15.2%

As 85% of the EBIT target was not achieved, no annual bonus is to
be paid for the financial year ended 31 December 2009. However,
strong performance over the longer term is reflected by the outcome
of the 2007/2009 LTIP award. Vesting of 46% was achieved due to
competitively high relative total shareholder return (TSR) and
earnings performance of IHG over the previous three-year period.

Following extensive consultation with key institutional
shareholders, no major adjustments to the current remuneration
framework are proposed for 2010. However, in 2010, in light of the
continued challenging market conditions:

• the maximum bonus opportunity for the Executive Directors will
be capped at 175% of base salary (reduced from 230% to 200%
in 2008 and 2009 respectively);

• the EBIT target for maximum bonus achievement will be
increased to 120% of budget (previously 110%); and 

• the reduced LTIP grant levels, introduced in 2009, will be

maintained for the 2010 awards.

During 2009, the Committee had intended to perform a full review
of IHG’s executive incentive arrangements. However, due to the
continuing uncertainty of external market conditions, and following
the consultative discussions with institutional shareholders, it was
felt appropriate to defer this review until 2010. 

Ralph Kugler
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
15 February 2010

The report includes the following:

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

The Remuneration Committee

Remuneration policy and structure

Base salary and benefits

Annual Bonus Plan

Long Term Incentive Plan

Performance graph

Shareholding policy

Total compensation

Policy regarding pensions

Non-Executive Directors’ pay

Service contracts

Audited information on Directors’ emoluments

Remuneration report

47

1  The Remuneration Committee
The independent Non-Executive Directors who served on the Committee during the year were as follows: 

Ralph Kugler*
David Kappler
Jonathan Linen
Ying Yeh

Role
Chairman 
Member
Member
Member

Meetings attended 
in 2009
4 out of 4
4 out of 4
4 out of 4
4 out of 4

Date of appointment 
to Committee
1 June 2008
21 June 2004
1 December 2005
1 December 2007

* Ralph Kugler was previously a member of the Remuneration Committee from 2003 to 2005. 

Committee meetings are also regularly attended by the following
individuals who provide advice to the Committee on remuneration
proposals:

David Webster (Chairman of the Board)

Andrew Cosslett (Chief Executive)

Tracy Robbins (Executive Vice President, Global Human Resources)

Lori Gaytan (Senior Vice President, Global Human Resources)

None of the above is in attendance when his/her own remuneration
is being discussed.

The Committee’s remit is set out in its terms of reference which
were updated by the Board in December 2009. The Committee
agrees, on behalf of the Board, all aspects of the remuneration of
the Executive Directors and the Executive Committee members,
and agrees the strategy, direction and policy for the remuneration
of other senior executives who have a significant influence over the
Company’s ability to meet its strategic objectives.

Throughout the year, the Committee was assisted in its work by
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC), as independent consultants
appointed by the Committee. PwC also support management in
developing and implementing remuneration proposals. In addition,
PwC provided additional services to IHG, including advice on
employer and employee tax compliance processes for expatriate
employees and on tax withholding obligations in relation to
employee share plans. The following advisers were retained on
behalf of the Company and provide information to the Committee
on relevant matters:

• Towers Watson provided advice on reward structures and levels
applicable in the markets relevant to the Group. Towers Watson
did not provide any other services to the Group during 2009; and

• Linklaters LLP provided other legal services to the Group

throughout 2009.

The terms of engagement for PwC and Towers Watson are
available from the Company Secretary’s office on request. 

The Committee meets several times a year to discuss matters relating to the operation of the remuneration policy and emerging market
practices. In 2009, the Committee met four times and discussed, amongst others, the following matters:

Meeting
12 February 2009

7 May 2009

Agenda items discussed
• 2008 Annual Performance Review
• 2008 Annual Bonus Plan awards
• 2006/2008 Long Term Incentive Plan

results and awards

• 2009 Annual Bonus Plan design
• 2009/2011 Long Term Incentive Plan

design

• 2009 Executive Committee Key
Performance Objectives (KPOs)

• 2008 Remuneration Report
• Remuneration Committee performance

evaluation

• 2009 salary freeze
• Corporate staff and management

remuneration

• 2009 executive remuneration trends,
including a review of market practice
and latest developments

• 2009 Executive Committee progress 

on KPOs

Meeting
6 August 2009

Agenda items discussed
• Update on executive remuneration

9 December 2009

trends

• Long Term Incentive Plan incentive

measure review, including alternative
approaches to structure and targets

• IHG pension plan arrangements
• Non-Executive Chairman fees 
• 2010 merit and incentive structures
• 2010 Executive Committee KPOs
• Remuneration Committee terms 

of reference

• Remuneration advisers’ independence

and costs

T
H
E

I

R
R
E
S
P
O
N
S

I

B

I
L
I
T
I

E
S

I

S
E
N
O
R
M
A
N
A
G
E
M
E
N
T
A
N
D

T
H
E
B
O
A
R
D

,

 
 
 
 
 
48

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Remuneration report continued

2  Remuneration policy and structure
IHG’s overall remuneration is intended to:

•  attract and retain high-quality executives in an environment

where compensation levels are based on global market practice;

•  drive aligned focus of the senior executive team and reward the
achievement of business targets and key strategic objectives;

•  align rewards of executives with returns to shareholders;

•  support equitable treatment between members of the same

executive team; and

•  facilitate global assignments and relocation.

The Committee believes that it is important to reward
management, including the Executive Directors, for targets
achieved, provided those targets are stretching and aligned with
shareholders’ interests.

IHG’s remuneration structure for senior executives places a strong
emphasis on performance-related reward. The individual elements
are designed to provide the appropriate balance between fixed
remuneration and variable ‘risk’ reward, linked to both the
performance of the Group and the achievements of the individual.
Approximately two-thirds of variable reward is delivered in the form
of shares, to enhance alignment with shareholders. 

In reaching its decisions, the Committee takes into account 
a number of factors, including the relationship between
remuneration and risk, strategic direction and affordability.
Performance-related measures are chosen carefully to ensure a
strong link between reward and underlying financial performance,
and emphasis is placed on achievement of key strategic priorities.

The normal policy for all Executive Directors and Executive
Committee members is that, using ‘target’ or ‘expected value’
calculations, their performance-related incentives will equate to
approximately 70% of total annual remuneration (excluding
pensions and benefits).

The Company recognises that its Executive Directors may be invited
to become Non-Executive Directors of other companies and that
such duties can broaden experience and knowledge, and benefit
the Company. Executive Directors are, therefore, permitted to
accept one non-executive appointment (in addition to any positions
where the Director is appointed as the Group’s representative),
subject to Board approval, as long as this is not, in the reasonable
opinion of the Board, likely to lead to a conflict of interest. Executive
Directors are generally authorised to retain the fees received.
Current Executive Directors hold no Non-Executive Directorships 
of other companies.

Summarised below are the individual elements of remuneration provided to Executive Directors and other Executive Committee members
and the purpose of each element.

Element
Base Salary 
(cash)
Annual Bonus 
(cash)

Deferred Annual Bonus 
(shares)
Long Term Incentive Plan 
(shares)
Pension and benefits 
(varied)

Maximum value
n/a

100% of base salary1

100% of base salary1

205% of base salary2

n/a

Purpose and alignment with strategy
To recognise market value of role and the individual’s skill, 
performance and experience
To drive and reward annual performance of individuals 
and teams on both financial and non-financial metrics, and 
to align employee objectives with those of the Group
To align short-term and long-term reward with returns to 
shareholders
To drive and reward delivery of sustained long-term EPS 
and TSR performance, aligned with the interests of shareholders
To provide a competitive level of benefits, providing short-term 
protection and long-term savings opportunities

1 Combined Annual Bonus award (cash and shares) is subject to a maximum cap of 175% of base salary in 2010.

2 Until 2009, maximum awards were normally granted at 270% of salary. In 2009 and 2010, maximum awards are 205% of base salary.

Remuneration report

49

Variable compensation is based on objectives linked to the
Company’s strategy:

Measure
Short Term:
EBIT

Individual Overall 
Performance Rating (OPR)

Long Term:
EPS growth

TSR relative to Dow 
Jones World Hotels index

Alignment with strategy

• Provides focus on the core

operating inputs influenced by
management, namely rooms
growth, RevPAR, and cost
control

• Provides focus on key 

performance objectives and
leadership competencies
relative to the individual role

• Ensures delivery of a growing
profit base over the long term
• Aligned with our goal to be the
world’s best hotel company

The OPR is linked to personal performance rating and key
performance objectives (KPOs) linked to the corporate strategy:

3  Base salary and benefits
The salary for each Executive Director is reviewed annually and is
based on both individual performance and on relevant competitive
market data. Internal relativities and salary levels in the wider
employment market are also taken into account. Base salary is 
the only element of remuneration which is pensionable. In addition,
benefits are provided to Executive Directors in accordance with
local market practice. 

In assessing levels of pay and benefits, IHG analyses those offered
by different groups of comparator companies. These groups are
chosen having regard to participants’:

• size – market capitalisation, turnover, profits and the number 

of people employed;

• diversity and complexity of business;

• geographical spread of business; and

• relevance to the hotel industry.

In reaching its decisions, the Committee also considers the
remuneration levels and approaches provided to the wider 
IHG workforce.

Executive Directors’ salaries are shown in the table below:

Individual Performance 
Measures for OPR
Financial returns

Example KPOs
• Total gross revenue and system

Andrew Cosslett
Richard Solomons

contribution revenue

2010 salary
£826,000
£523,000

2009 salary
£802,000
£510,000

Our people

• Annual employee engagement

Guest experience

scores

• Relaunch of Holiday Inn
• Global RevPAR growth and

RevPAR growth ahead of market

Responsible business

• Tracking of reduced water,

waste and energy consumption

The following table shows the split of fixed and variable
compensation for the Executive Directors, assuming target
performance is achieved (where applicable): 

Director
Fixed pay
Short-term variable pay
Long-term variable pay

Andrew 
Cosslett
30%
35%
35%

Richard
Solomons
30%
35%
35%

The Committee also reviews the balance of fixed and variable
remuneration provided to the wider management population, to
ensure these ratios are appropriate, given the relativities to the
Executive Directors and to market practice.

4  Annual Bonus Plan (ABP)
Structure in 2009
Awards under the ABP require the achievement of challenging
performance goals before target bonus is payable.

The maximum bonus an Executive Director or Executive Committee
member can receive in any one year is 200% of salary. Achievement
of target performance results in a bonus of 115% of salary. Half of
any bonus earned is compulsorily deferred in the form of shares 
for three years. No matching shares are awarded by the Company. 

For 2009, awards under the ABP were linked to individual
performance (30% of total award) and EBIT (70% of total award). 
In order to increase focus on cost savings and margins, net annual
rooms additions was removed as an ABP performance measure 
for 2009 as outlined in last year’s Report. Individual performance
was measured by the achievement of specific key performance
objectives that are linked directly to the Group’s strategic priorities,
and an assessment of performance against leadership
competencies and behaviours.

The individual performance measures comprise several factors
linked to strategic objectives, a selection of which is set out in the
Individual Performance Measures for OPR and Example KPOs table
on this page.

T
H
E

I

R
R
E
S
P
O
N
S

I

B

I
L
I
T
I

E
S

I

S
E
N
O
R
M
A
N
A
G
E
M
E
N
T
A
N
D

T
H
E
B
O
A
R
D

,

 
 
 
 
 
50

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Remuneration report continued

Each year, specific quantitative targets against individual
performance measures are set for each Executive Director 
and Executive Committee member, as relevant to their role.
Performance against these measures is reviewed at the end 
of each year to determine bonus outcomes.

In 2009, under the financial measure (EBIT), threshold payout 
was 90% of target performance, with maximum payout at 110% 
or more of target. Payout for individual performance would be
reduced by half if EBIT performance was below threshold. 
In addition, no annual bonus would be payable on any measure 
if EBIT performance was lower than 85% of target. 

Outcomes in 2009
The following table shows the performance in 2009 against KPOs.

Measure

Financial (70%) EBIT
Individual (30%) OPR1 – Andrew Cosslett

Key performance indicator Payout as % of salary
Target Max2 Actual
Zero 
161
Zero 
69
Zero
69

OPR1 – Richard Solomons

80.5
34.5
34.5

1 Overall Performance Rating for individual performance.

2 Combined EBIT and OPR payout, subject to a maximum of 200% 

of base salary.

Structure in 2010
The Annual Bonus structure remains largely unchanged in 2010
with awards under the ABP continuing to require the achievement
of challenging performance goals before target bonus is payable.

A summary of the operation of the 2010 ABP is shown below.

Annual
Bonus
for 2010

70%
EBIT

30%
Individual

Performance
measures

50%
Deferred
Shares

50%
Cash

Structure

However, reflecting the increased focus on cost control and the
continued challenging market conditions, the maximum bonus
opportunity for the Executive Directors will be capped at 175% of
salary (previously 200%) for 2010 only. In addition, the stretch EBIT
target for maximum bonus payment will be increased to 120% of
budget for 2010, from 110% in previous years. 

As with previous years, the achievement of target performance will
result in a bonus of 115% of salary. Half of any bonus earned will 
be deferred in the form of shares for three years. 

5  Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)
The LTIP allows Executive Directors and eligible management
employees to receive share awards, subject to the achievement of
performance conditions set by the Committee, normally measured
over a three-year period. Awards are made annually and, other
than in exceptional circumstances, will not exceed three times
annual salary for Executive Directors. 

Structure for 2009/2011 cycle
Prior to 2009, awards to Executive Directors were normally made 
at the level of 270% of salary. In light of the cost-constrained
environment in which IHG currently operates, awards for 2009 
were made at 205% of salary. 

The performance conditions for the cycle are:

• IHG’s TSR relative to the Dow Jones World Hotels index 

(two-thirds of the award); and

• growth in adjusted EPS over the period (one-third of the award).

Awards under the LTIP lapse if performance conditions are not met
– there is no re-testing. 

Performance conditions for all outstanding awards are shown in
the table on page 51. 

Structure for 2010/2012 cycle
The LTIP structure remains relatively consistent for the 2010/2012
cycle, with the reduced award level for 2009 maintained.
Performance conditions will remain TSR relative to the Dow Jones
World Hotels index and growth in adjusted EPS over the period.
However, these two measures will be equally weighted for 
this cycle. 

A summary of the operation of the 2010/2012 LTIP cycle is 
shown below.

LTIP
2010/2012

50%
TSR

50%
EPS

100%
Shares

Performance
measures

Structure

In setting the performance targets, the Committee has taken 
into account a range of factors, including IHG’s strategic plans,
analysts’ expectations for IHG’s performance and for the industry
as a whole, the historical performance of the industry and 
FTSE 100 market practice. The targets selected are shown 
in the table below.

Performance
Threshold
Maximum

% of award 
vesting
20%
100%

Required 
EPS growth
5% pa
15% pa

Required TSR 
relative to Dow 
Jones World 
Hotels index
Match index
Index + 8% pa

EPS performance henceforth will be measured on a constant tax
rate across the cycle due to the impact that short-term fluctuations
in tax rates have on vesting outcomes. Optimisation of tax rates
remains a key area of focus for relevant management.

Remuneration report

51

Outcomes in 2009 and progress on all current LTIP cycles
The specific vesting arrangements for all conditional LTIP awards made between 2007 and 2009 are set out in the following table:

Performance 
measure
2007/2009 LTIP cycle
TSR

EPS

Total vesting
2008/2010 LTIP cycle2
TSR

EPS

2009/2011 LTIP cycle3
TSR

EPS

Threshold
performance

Maximum
performance

Threshold1
vesting

Maximum1
vesting

Outcome/
current position

5th place in relative
comparator group
Growth of 10% pa

1st place in relative 
comparator group
Growth of 20% pa
or more

Growth equal to 
the index
Growth of 6% pa

Growth equal to 
the index
Growth of 0% pa

Growth exceeds the 
index by 8% or more
Growth of 16% pa
or more

Growth exceeds the 
index by 8% or more
Growth of 10% pa 
or more

20%

20%

20%

20%

20%

20%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

4th place in relative 
comparator group
Growth of 15.2% pa 

46% of maximum award

Growth outperformance 
of 12.4%
Growth of 16.4% pa 

Growth outperformance
of 17.2%
Growth of -1.4% pa

1 Vesting between threshold and maximum occurs on a straight-line basis.

2 Two years of cycle completed.

3 One year of cycle completed.

6  Performance graph
Throughout 2009, the Company was a member of the FTSE 100 index and, for remuneration purposes, used a TSR comparator group 
of the Dow Jones World Hotels index. Accordingly, the Committee has determined that these are the most appropriate market indices
against which to test the Company’s performance. The graph below shows the TSR performance of IHG from 31 December 2004 to
31 December 2009, assuming dividends are reinvested, compared with the TSR performance achieved by the FTSE 100 index and the 
Dow Jones World Hotels index. IHG outperformed both indices over the period.

Total Shareholder Return: InterContinental Hotels Group PLC v FTSE 100 and v Dow Jones World Hotels index

250

200

150

100

50

0
31 Dec 2004

31 Dec 2005

31 Dec 2006

31 Dec 2007

31 Dec 2008

31 Dec 2009

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC – 
Total Shareholder Return Index

FTSE 100 – 
Total Shareholder Return Index 

Dow Jones World Hotels – 
Total Shareholder Return Index 

Source: Datastream

T
H
E

I

R
R
E
S
P
O
N
S

I

B

I
L
I
T
I

E
S

I

S
E
N
O
R
M
A
N
A
G
E
M
E
N
T
A
N
D

T
H
E
B
O
A
R
D

,

 
 
 
 
 
52

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Remuneration report continued

7  Shareholding policy
Share ownership
The Committee believes that share ownership by Executive
Directors and senior executives strengthens the link between 
the individual’s personal interests and those of the shareholders.
Executive Directors are expected to hold twice their base salary in
shares, or three times in the case of the Chief Executive. Executives
are expected to hold all shares earned (net of any share sales
required to meet personal tax liabilities) until their shareholding
requirement is achieved.

Executive share options
Since 2006, executive share options have not formed part of the
Company’s remuneration structure. Details of prior share option
grants are given on page 56.

Share capital
No awards or grants over shares were made during 2009 that
would be dilutive of the Company’s ordinary share capital. Current
policy is to settle the majority of awards or grants under the
Company’s share plans with shares purchased in the market. A
number of options granted up to 2005 are yet to be exercised and
will be settled with the issue of new shares.

The following table shows the guideline and actual shareholdings 
of the Executive Directors.

Executive
Andrew Cosslett
Richard Solomons

Guideline 
shareholding 
as % of salary
300
200

Actual
shareholding 
at 31 Dec 2009 
as % of salary1
468
565

1 Based on share price of 893p per share as at 31 December 2009.

8  Total compensation
The charts below show the total value of the remuneration for Executive Directors at maximum and target performance levels and show
the actual outcome for the year in question.

Andrew Cosslett

2009

2008

Richard Solomons

2009

2008

5,000

4,000

3,000

2,000

1,000

0

)
0
0
0
£
(
e
u
l
a
V

Notes: 

m
u
m
i
x
a
M

t
e
g
r
a
T

l
a
u
t
c
A

m
u
m
i
x
a
M

t
e
g
r
a
T

l
a
u
t
c
A

m
u
m
i
x
a
M

t
e
g
r
a
T

l
a
u
t
c
A

m
u
m
i
x
a
M

t
e
g
r
a
T

l
a
u
t
c
A

■ Base salary            ■ Annual bonus            ■ Deferred annual bonus shares            ■ Long Term Incentive Plan

• The Maximum and Target charts assume no share price change from grant. 

• Actual base salary represents salary paid during the financial year. 

• 2008 salaries shown under Maximum and Target reflect a salary increase effective 1 April 2008. 

• Executive Directors did not receive a salary increase in 2009. 

• Target LTIP is assumed to be halfway between threshold and maximum vesting. 

• Actual values based on LTIP awards vesting and deferred annual bonus shares released in the year of reporting. 

• Maximum and Target base salary is annual, as at 31 December in the year of reporting.

 
Remuneration report

53

9  Policy regarding pensions
Andrew Cosslett, Richard Solomons and other senior UK-based employees participate on the same basis in the executive section of the
registered defined benefit InterContinental Hotels UK Pension Plan and, if appropriate, the InterContinental Executive Top-Up Scheme. 
The latter is an unfunded arrangement, but with appropriate security provided via a fixed charge on a hotel asset. As an alternative to 
these unfunded arrangements, a cash allowance may be taken. This Plan is now closed to new entrants.

Senior US-based executives participate in US retirement benefits plans. Executives outside the UK and US participate in the
InterContinental Hotels Group International Savings and Retirement Plan or other local plans.

10  Non-Executive Directors’ pay policy and structure
Non-Executive Directors are paid a fee which is approved by the Board, having taken account of the fees paid in other companies of a
similar complexity. Higher fees are payable to the Senior Independent Director who chairs the Audit Committee and to the Chairman of the
Remuneration Committee, reflecting the additional responsibilities of these roles. In February 2009, a Corporate Responsibility Committee
was established. Jennifer Laing was appointed Chairman of this Committee on 1 March 2009. Her fee was consequently increased pro rata
by £10,000 per annum in recognition of these additional duties.

In light of the challenging external environment and consistent with the Executive salary freeze in 2009, the scheduled review of 
Non-Executive Director fees was postponed by an additional year. Thus, Non-Executive Director fees were reviewed in the final quarter 
of 2009 and an increase of 2% for the Chairman and 5% for the Non-Executive Directors was agreed by the Board to be effective from
1 January 2010. Non-Executive Director fees were last increased in 2007.

Non-Executive Directors’ fee levels have been typically reviewed every two years. In view of prevailing market practice, this has been moved
to an annual review in 2010.

The following table sets out the change in annual fee rates from 2009 to 2010 for the Non-Executive Directors.

David Webster
David Kappler
Ralph Kugler
Jennifer Laing
Others

Role
Chairman
Senior Independent Director & Chairman of Audit Committee
Chairman of Remuneration Committee
Chairman of Corporate Responsibility Committee (from 1 March 2009)
Non-Executive Director

Fees at 
1 Jan 2010 
£
398,000
99,750
84,000
73,500
63,000

Fees at 
31 Dec 2009
£
390,000
95,000
80,000
70,000
60,000

11  Service contracts
a) Policy
The Remuneration Committee’s policy is for Executive Directors to have rolling contracts with a notice period of 12 months. Andrew Cosslett
and Richard Solomons have service agreements with a notice period of 12 months. All new appointments are intended to have 12-month
notice periods. However, on occasion, to complete an external recruitment successfully, a longer initial notice period reducing to 12 months
may be used, in accordance with the Combined Code.

No provisions for compensation for termination following change of control, nor for liquidated damages of any kind, are included in the
current Directors’ contracts. In the event of any early termination of an Executive Director’s contract, the policy is to seek to minimise 
any liability.

Non-Executive Directors have letters of appointment. David Webster’s appointment as Non-Executive Chairman, effective from 1 January
2004, is subject to six months’ notice. The dates of appointment of the other Non-Executive Directors are set out on page 41.

All Directors’ appointments and subsequent reappointments are subject to election and re-election by shareholders.

Biographies of each of the Directors and their main responsibilities can be found on page 36.

b) Directors’ contracts

Andrew Cosslett
Richard Solomons

Contract 
effective date
03.02.05
15.04.03

Notice period
12 months
12 months

Both of the Executive Directors signed a letter of appointment, effective from completion of the June 2005 capital reorganisation 
of the Group, incorporating the same terms as their original service agreements.

T
H
E

I

R
R
E
S
P
O
N
S

I

B

I
L
I
T
I

E
S

I

S
E
N
O
R
M
A
N
A
G
E
M
E
N
T
A
N
D

T
H
E
B
O
A
R
D

,

 
 
 
 
 
54

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Remuneration report continued

From this point forward, the information provided has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP.

12  Audited information on Directors’ emoluments
Directors’ remuneration in 2009
The following table sets out the remuneration paid or payable to the Directors in respect of the year to 31 December 2009.

Executive Directors
Andrew Cosslett3
Stevan Porter4
Richard Solomons3
Non-Executive Directors
David Webster
David Kappler
Ralph Kugler5
Jennifer Laing6
Robert C Larson7
Jonathan Linen
Sir David Prosser8
Ying Yeh
Former Directors9
Total

Base salaries and fees

Performance payments1

2009
£000

802
–
512

390
95
80
68
–
60
–
60
–
2,067

2008
£000

787
503
561

390
95
72
60
60
60
33
60
–
2,681

2009
£000

–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

2008
£000

495
593
401

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
1,489

Benefits2

2008
£000

2009
£000

25
–
19

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
1
45

25
5
18

2
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
1
51

Total emoluments 
excluding pensions

2009
£000

827
–
531

390
95
80
68
–
60
–
60
1
2,112

2008
£000

1,307
1,101
980

392
95
72
60
60
60
33
60
1
4,221

1 Performance payments comprise cash payments in respect of

4 Stevan Porter passed away on 7 August 2008.

participation in the ABP but exclude bonus payments in deferred shares,
details of which are set out in the ABP table on page 55.

2 Benefits incorporate all tax assessable benefits arising from the

individual’s employment. For Messrs Cosslett and Solomons, this relates 
in the main to the provision of a fully expensed company car and private
healthcare cover.

3 2008 salaries for Andrew Cosslett and Richard Solomons reflect a salary
increase effective 1 April 2008. They did not receive an increase in 2009.
Richard Solomons also received a pro rata salary supplement of £10,000
per month from 1 July 2008 to 7 January 2009, reflecting his additional
duties as interim President of the Americas region. 

5 Ralph Kugler’s fee was increased, pro rata, from 1 June 2008 when 

he became Chairman of the Remuneration Committee.

6 Jennifer Laing’s fee was increased, pro rata, from 1 March 2009 when 
she became Chairman of the Corporate Responsibility Committee.

7 Robert Larson retired as a Director on 31 December 2008.

8 Sir David Prosser retired as a Director and Chairman of the Remuneration

Committee on 31 May 2008. 

9 Sir Ian Prosser retired as a Director on 31 December 2003. However, 

he had an ongoing healthcare benefit of £1,150 during the year.

Directors’ pension benefits
The following information relates to the pension arrangements provided for Messrs Cosslett and Solomons under the executive section 
of the InterContinental Hotels UK Pension Plan (the IC Plan) and the unfunded InterContinental Executive Top-Up Scheme (ICETUS).

The executive section of the IC Plan is a funded, registered, final salary, occupational pension scheme. The main features applicable 
to the Executive Directors are:

• a normal pension age of 60;

• pension accrual of 1⁄30th of final pensionable salary for each year of pensionable service;

• life assurance cover of four times pensionable salary; 

• pensions payable in the event of ill health; and 

• spouses’, partners’ and dependants’ pensions on death.

When benefits would otherwise exceed a member’s lifetime allowance under the post-April 2006 pensions regime, these benefits 
are limited in the IC Plan, but the balance is provided instead by ICETUS.

The following table sets out the pension benefits of the Executive Directors.

Directors’ contributions in the year1
Transfer value of accrued benefits at 1 January 2009
Transfer value of accrued benefits at 31 December 2009
Increase in transfer value over the year, less Directors’ contributions
Absolute increase in accrued pension2 (pa)
Increase in accrued pension3 (pa)
Accrued pension at 31 December 20094 (pa)
Age at 31 December 2009

Remuneration report

55

Andrew 
Cosslett
£
39,400
2,028,600
2,574,100
506,100
28,600
28,600
131,200
54

Richard
Solomons
£
25,100
3,430,800
3,934,700
478,800
20,400
20,400
217,700
48

1 Contributions paid in the year by the Directors under the terms 
of the plans. Contributions were 5% of full pensionable salary.

3 The increase in accrued pension during the year, excluding any increase

for inflation.

2 The absolute increase in accrued pension during the year.

4 Accrued pension is that which would be paid annually on retirement at 60,

based on service to 31 December 2009. 

Annual Bonus Plan deferred share awards
Messrs Cosslett and Solomons participated in the ABP during the year ended 31 December 2009. However, no annual bonus is payable 
for this period. No matching shares are provided on awards. Directors’ pre-tax share interests during the year were as follows.

Financial
year on 
which 
performance 
is based 

ABP
awards
during
ABP
awards
the year 
held at  1 Jan 2009 to
for award 1 Jan 2009  31 Dec 2009
28,8781
55,8702
71,2873

2005
2006
2007
2008

ABP
shares
vested
during
Market
price per
the year
share at 1 Jan 2009 to
award  31 Dec 2009 

Award
date

Market
price per
share at
vesting

Value at
vesting

ABP
awards 
held at
£ 31 Dec 2009

Vesting
date

Value
based
on share
price of
893p at
vesting 31 Dec 2009
£

date

Planned

8.3.06 853.67p
26.2.07
1235p
25.2.08 819.67p
104,6524 23.2.09 472.67p
104,652

8.3.06 853.67p
1235p
26.2.07
25.2.08 819.67p
66,5494 23.2.09 472.67p
66,549

28,878 9.3.09 443.93p 128,198

18,459 9.3.09 443.93p

81,945

55,870 26.2.10
71,287 25.2.11
104,652 23.2.12
231,809

498,919
636,593
934,542
2,070,054

35,757 26.2.10
45,634 25.2.11
66,549 23.2.12

147,940

319,310
407,512
594,283
1,321,105

2005
2006
2007
2008

156,035
18,4591
35,7572
45,6343

99,850

Directors
Andrew Cosslett

Total
Richard Solomons

Total

1 This award was based on EPS, EBIT and individual performance measures.

Total shares held include matching shares.

2 This award was based on EPS and EBIT measures. Total shares held include

matching shares.

3 This award was based on Group EBIT and net annual rooms additions

measures. Total shares held include matching shares.

4 This award was based on Group EBIT, net annual rooms additions and
individual performance measures. The bonus target was 57.5% of base
salary. Both Executive Directors were awarded 20.52% for Group EBIT
performance, 10.97% for net annual rooms additions and 30.19% for
individual performance, resulting in a total deferred shares bonus of 
61.68% of base salary. No matching shares were awarded.

T
H
E

I

R
R
E
S
P
O
N
S

I

B

I
L
I
T
I

E
S

I

S
E
N
O
R
M
A
N
A
G
E
M
E
N
T
A
N
D

T
H
E
B
O
A
R
D

,

 
 
 
 
 
56

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Remuneration report continued

Long Term Incentive Plan awards
The awards made in respect of cycles ending on 31 December 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and the maximum pre-tax number of ordinary
shares due if performance targets are achieved in full are set out in the table below. In respect of the cycle ending 31 December 2008,
86.7% of the award vested on 18 February 2009. In respect of the cycle ending on 31 December 2009, the Company finished in fourth place
in the TSR group and achieved 15.2% per annum adjusted EPS growth. Accordingly, 46% of the award will vest on 17 February 2010.

End of year

Maximum
LTIP
shares
awarded
to which Maximum
during
LTIP
awards
the year
held at 1 Jan 2009 to 
31 Dec 2009

performance
is based
for award
(31 Dec)

Directors
Andrew Cosslett

Total
Richard Solomons

Total

1 Jan 2009
2008 200,740
20092 159,506
20102 253,559
20112

613,805
2008 128,470
20092 102,109
20102 161,241
20112

391,820

272,201
272,201 

173,096
173,096

LTIP
shares
vested
during
Market
price per
the year 
share at 1 Jan 2009 to 
31 Dec 2009

Market
price per
share at
vesting

Value at
vesting
£
174,0411 481.25p 837,572

award
941.5p
1256p
854p
604p

111,3831 481.25p 536,031

941.5p
1256p
854p
604p

Award
date
3.4.06
2.4.07
19.5.08
3.4.09

3.4.06
2.4.07
19.5.08
3.4.09

Maximum
value
based
on share
price of
893p at
31 Dec 2009
£

Maximum
LTIP
awards
held at
31 Dec 2009

159,506 1,424,389
253,559 2,264,282
272,201 2,430,755
685,266 6,119,426

102,109
911,833
161,241 1,439,882
173,096 1,545,747
436,446 3,897,462

Actual/
planned
vesting
date
18.2.09
17.2.10
16.2.11
15.2.12

18.2.09
17.2.10
16.2.11
15.2.12

1 This award was based on performance to 31 December 2008 where the performance measure related to both the Company’s TSR against a group of eight other
comparator companies and cumulative annual growth rate (CAGR) of rooms in the IHG system relative to a group of eight other comparator companies. The
number of shares released was graded, according to a) where the Company finished in the TSR comparator group, with 50% of the award being released for first
or second position and 10% of the award being released for median position; and b) relative CAGR of rooms, with 50% of the award being released for 3.9% (upper
quartile) CAGR and 10% of the award being released for 3.3% (median) CAGR. The Company finished in third place in the TSR group and achieved a relative CAGR
of 4.9%. Accordingly, 86.7% of the award vested on 18 February 2009.

2 All details of performance conditions in relation to these awards are provided in Section 5 of this report on page 51.

Share options
Between 2003 and 2005, grants of options were made under the IHG Executive Share Option Plan. No executive share options have been
granted since 2005. In 2003, a grant of options was made under the IHG all-employee Sharesave Plan. 

Directors
Andrew Cosslett
Total
Richard Solomons

Total

Options
held at
1 Jan 2009
157,3001
157,300
230,3202
100,5501
3,7693
334,639

Ordinary shares under option

Lapsed
during 
the year

Exercised
during 
the year
157,300
157,300

Share price
on date of
exercise
901.89p

Options
held at
31 Dec 2009

Weighted
average option
price

230,3202
100,5501

3,769
3,769

466.75p

330,870

532.36p

Option
price
619.83p

494.17p
619.83p
420.50p

1 Executive share options granted in 2005 became exercisable in April 2008

up to April 2015. 

2 Executive share options granted in 2004 became exercisable in April 2007

up to April 2014.

3 Sharesave options granted in 2003. These were exercisable between March

and August 2009.

Option prices during the year ranged from 420.50p to 619.83p per IHG share.
The closing market value share price on 31 December 2009 was 893.00p and
the range during the year was 446.00p to 903.50p per share.

The gain made by Directors in aggregate on the exercise of options during 
the year was £437,732 (2008 £nil).

This report was approved by the Board on 15 February 2010.

Ralph Kugler
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

Group financial statements

Remuneration report and Group financial statements

57

In this section we present
the statements of Directors’
responsibilities, the
independent auditor’s 
report and the consolidated
financial statements of 
the Group for 2009. 

58
59

Group financial statements
Statements of Directors’ responsibilities
Independent auditor’s report to the
members

60 Group income statement
61 Group statement of comprehensive income
62 Group statement of changes in equity
63 Group statement of financial position
64 Group statement of cash flows
65

Accounting policies

70
70
76
76

77
78
78
79
80
81
82

83
85
85
86
86
87
87
88
88
88
89
91
93
93
98
99
102
103
103
103
104
104
104

Notes to the Group financial statements
1 Exchange rates
2 Segmental information
3 Staff costs and Directors’ emoluments
4 Auditor’s remuneration paid to Ernst

& Young LLP
5 Exceptional items
6 Finance costs
7 Tax
8 Dividends paid and proposed
9 Earnings per ordinary share
10 Property, plant and equipment
11 Assets sold, held for sale and 
discontinued operations

12 Goodwill
13 Intangible assets
14 Investment in associates
15 Other financial assets
16 Inventories
17 Trade and other receivables
18 Cash and cash equivalents
19 Trade and other payables 
20 Provisions
21 Loans and other borrowings
22 Financial risk management policies
23 Financial instruments
24 Net debt
25 Retirement benefits
26 Deferred tax 
27 Share-based payments
28 Issued share capital and reserves
29 Operating leases
30 Capital and other commitments
31 Contingencies
32 Related party disclosures
33 System Funds
34 Principal operating subsidiary

undertakings

Hotel Indigo, London Paddington, UK

G
R
O
U
P
F
I
N
A
N
C

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
L

 
 
58

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Statements of Directors’ responsibilities

In relation to the Group financial statements
The following statement, which should be read in conjunction with
the independent auditor’s report set out on the opposite page, is
made with a view to distinguishing for shareholders the respective
responsibilities of the Directors and of the auditor in relation to the
Group financial statements.

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report, 
the Remuneration report and the Group financial statements 
in accordance with applicable United Kingdom law and those
International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the
European Union.

Disclosure and Transparency Rules
The Annual Report and the Group financial statements comply with
the Disclosure and Transparency Rules of the United Kingdom’s
Financial Services Authority in respect of the requirement to
produce an annual financial report.

The Annual Report and the Group financial statements are the
responsibility of, and have been approved by, the Directors. 
The Directors confirm that to the best of their knowledge:

• the consolidated financial statements have been prepared in
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
as adopted by the European Union;

The Directors are required to prepare Group financial statements
for each financial year which present fairly the financial position 
of the Group and the financial performance and cash flows of the
Group for that period.

• the financial statements give a true and fair view of the assets,
liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company
and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as 
a whole; and

• the Annual Report, including the Directors’ report, and the Group
financial statements include a fair review of the development
and performance of the business and the position of the
Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation
taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal
risks and uncertainties that they face.

On behalf of the Board

Andrew Cosslett
Chief Executive
15 February 2010

Richard Solomons
Chief Financial Officer
15 February 2010

In preparing these financial statements, the Directors are 
required to:

• select suitable accounting policies and apply them consistently;

• make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable

and prudent;

• state whether applicable International Financial Reporting
Standards as adopted by the European Union have been
followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and
explained in the financial statements; and

• prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis

unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company and the
Group will continue in business.

The Directors have responsibility for ensuring that the Group keeps
accounting records which disclose with reasonable accuracy the
financial position of the Group and which enable them to ensure
that the Group financial statements comply with the Companies 
Act 2006 and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. The Directors have
general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open
to them to safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent and
detect fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity 
of the corporate and financial information included on the Group’s
website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the
preparation and dissemination of financial statements may 
differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Statements of Directors’ responsibilities and Independent auditor’s report

59

Independent auditor’s report to the members 
of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC

We have audited the Group financial statements of InterContinental
Hotels Group PLC for the year ended 31 December 2009 which
comprise the Group income statement, the Group statement of
comprehensive income, the Group statement of changes in equity,
the Group statement of financial position, the Group statement of
cash flows, accounting policies and the related notes 1 to 34. The
financial reporting framework that has been applied in their
preparation is applicable law and International Financial Reporting
Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union.

This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, 
in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006.
Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the
Company’s members those matters we are required to state to
them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest
extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility
to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s members as
a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we
have formed.

Respective responsibilities 
of Directors and auditors
As explained more fully in the Statements of Directors’
responsibilities set out on page 58, the Directors are responsible
for the preparation of the Group financial statements and for being
satisfied that they give a true and fair view. Our responsibility is to
audit the Group financial statements in accordance with applicable
law and International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland).
Those standards require us to comply with the Auditing Practices
Board’s (APB’s) Ethical Standards for Auditors.

Scope of the audit of the financial statements
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give reasonable
assurance that the financial statements are free from material
misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. This includes an
assessment of: whether the accounting policies are appropriate to
the Group’s circumstances and have been consistently applied and
adequately disclosed; the reasonableness of significant accounting
estimates made by the Directors; and the overall presentation of
the financial statements.

Opinion on financial statements
In our opinion the Group financial statements:

• give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s affairs as 
at 31 December 2009 and of its profit for the year then ended;

• have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as

adopted by the European Union; and

• have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of 
the Companies Act 2006 and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

Opinion on other matters prescribed by the
Companies Act 2006
In our opinion:

• the information given in the Directors’ Report for the financial

year for which the financial statements are prepared is
consistent with the Group financial statements; and

• the information given in the Corporate Governance statement
set out on pages 40 to 44 with respect to internal control and
risk management systems in relation to financial reporting
processes and about share capital structures is consistent 
with the financial statements.

Matters on which we are required to report
by exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the following:

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if,
in our opinion:

• certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law

are not made; or

• we have not received all the information and explanations we

require for our audit; or

•  a Corporate Governance statement has not been prepared by 

the Company.

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review:

• the Directors’ statement, set out on page 58, in relation to going

concern; and

• the part of the Corporate Governance statement, on pages 

40 to 44, relating to the Company’s compliance with the nine
provisions of the June 2008 Combined Code specified for 
our review.

Other matters
We have reported separately on the parent company financial
statements of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC for the year
ended 31 December 2009 and on the information in the
Remuneration Report that is described as having been audited.

Jonathan Adam Stanton (Senior statutory auditor)
for and on behalf of Emst & Young LLP, Statutory Auditor
London
15 February 2010

G
R
O
U
P
F
I
N
A
N
C

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
L

 
 
60

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Group financial statements

Group income statement

For the year ended 31 December 2009
Revenue
Cost of sales
Administrative expenses
Other operating income and expenses

Depreciation and amortisation
Impairment
Operating (loss)/profit
Financial income
Financial expenses
(Loss)/profit before tax
Tax
Profit for the year from continuing operations
Profit for the year from discontinued operations
Profit for the year 

Attributable to:

Equity holders of the parent
Non-controlling interest

Earnings per ordinary share
Continuing operations:

Basic
Diluted
Adjusted
Adjusted diluted
Total operations:

Basic
Diluted
Adjusted
Adjusted diluted

Before
exceptional
items
$m
1,538
(769)
(303)
6
472
(109)
–
363
3
(57)
309
(15)
294
–
294

Exceptional
items
(note 5)
$m
–
(91)
(83)
(2)
(176)
–
(197)
(373)
–
–
(373)
287
(86)
6
(80)

2009

Total
$m
1,538
(860)
(386)
4
296
(109)
(197)
(10)
3
(57)
(64)
272
208
6
214

Before
exceptional
items
$m
1,897
(852)
(400)
14
659
(110)
–
549
12
(113)
448
(101)
347
–
347

Exceptional
items
(note 5)
$m
–
–
(59)
25
(34)
(2)
(96)
(132)
–
–
(132)
42
(90)
5
(85)

2008

Total
$m
1,897
(852)
(459)
39
625
(112)
(96)
417
12
(113)
316
(59)
257
5
262

293
1

(80)
–

213
1

347
–

(85)
–

262
–

Note

2

2

2

2

6

6

7

11

9

102.8¢
99.3¢

102.8¢
99.3¢

72.6¢
70.2¢

74.7¢
72.2¢

120.9¢
117.2¢

120.9¢
117.2¢

89.5¢
86.8¢

91.3¢
88.5¢

Notes on pages 65 to 104 form an integral part of these financial statements.

Group income statement and Group statement of comprehensive income

61

Group statement of comprehensive income

For the year ended 31 December 2009
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income
Available-for-sale financial assets:

Gains/(losses) on valuation
Losses/(gains) reclassified to income on impairment/disposal

Cash flow hedges:

Losses arising during the year
Reclassified to financial expenses

Defined benefit pension plans:

Actuarial losses, net of related tax credit of $1m (2008 $13m)
Decrease/(increase) in asset restriction on plans in surplus

Exchange differences on retranslation of foreign operations, including related tax credit of $4m (2008 $1m)
Tax related to pension contributions
Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year
Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to equity holders of the parent

Notes on pages 65 to 104 form an integral part of these financial statements.

2009
$m
214

11
4

(7)
11

(57)
21
43
–
26
240

2008
$m
262

(4)
(17)

(14)
2

(23)
(14)
(56)
8
(118)
144

G
R
O
U
P
F
I
N
A
N
C

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
L

 
 
62

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Group financial statements continued

Group statement of changes in equity

At 1 January 2009
Total comprehensive income 
for the year
Issue of ordinary shares
Purchase of own shares by 
employee share trusts
Release of own shares by 
employee share trusts 
Equity-settled share-based cost
Tax related to share schemes
Equity dividends paid
Exchange and other adjustments
At 31 December 2009

At 1 January 2008
Total comprehensive income 
for the year
Issue of ordinary shares
Repurchase of shares
Transfer to capital redemption 
reserve
Purchase of own shares by 
employee share trusts
Release of own shares by 
employee share trusts 
Equity-settled share-based cost
Tax related to share schemes
Equity dividends paid
Exchange and other adjustments
At 31 December 2008

Equity
Capital
share redemption
capital
$m
118

Shares
held by
employee
reserve share trusts
$m
(49)

$m
10

Unrealised
gains and
losses
reserve
$m
9

Other
reserves
$m
(2,890)

Currency
translation
reserve
$m
172

IHG
Retained shareholders’
equity
earnings
$m
$m
(6)
2,624

Non-
controlling
interest
$m
7

–
11

–

–
–
–
–
13
142

–
–

–

–
–
–
–
1
11

–
–

(6)

55
–
–
–
(4)
(4)

–
–

–

–
–
–
–
(10)
(2,900)

20
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
29

43
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
215

177
–

–

(61)
24
10
(118)
–
2,656

240
11

(6)

(6)
24
10
(118)
–
149

–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
7

Equity
Capital
share redemption
capital
$m
163

Shares
held by
employee
reserve share trusts
$m
(83)

$m
10

Unrealised
gains and
losses
reserve
$m
38

Other
reserves
$m
(2,918)

Currency
translation
reserve
$m
233

IHG
Retained shareholders’
equity
earnings
$m
$m
92
2,649

Non-
controlling
interest
$m
6

–
2
(3)

–

–

–
–
–
–
(44)
118

–
–
–

3

–

–
–
–
–
(3)
10

–
–
–

–

(24)

39
–
–
–
19
(49)

–
–
–

–

–

–
–
–
–
28
(2,890)

(29)
–
–

–

–

–
–
–
–
–
9

(61)
–
–

–

–

–
–
–
–
–
172

234
–
(136)

(3)

–

(53)
49
2
(118)
–
2,624

144
2
(139)

–

(24)

(14)
49
2
(118)
–
(6)

–
–
–

–

–

–
–
–
–
1
7

Total
equity
$m
1

240
11

(6)

(6)
24
10
(118)
–
156

Total
equity
$m
98

144
2
(139)

–

(24)

(14)
49
2
(118)
1
1

Notes on pages 65 to 104 form an integral part of these financial statements.

Group statement of changes in equity and Group statement of financial position

63

Group statement of financial position

31 December 2009
ASSETS
Property, plant and equipment
Goodwill
Intangible assets
Investment in associates
Retirement benefit assets
Other financial assets
Deferred tax receivable
Total non-current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Current tax receivable
Cash and cash equivalents
Other financial assets
Total current assets
Non-current assets classified as held for sale
Total assets

LIABILITIES
Loans and other borrowings
Trade and other payables
Provisions
Current tax payable
Total current liabilities
Loans and other borrowings
Retirement benefit obligations
Trade and other payables
Deferred tax payable
Total non-current liabilities
Liabilities classified as held for sale
Total liabilities
Net assets

EQUITY
Equity share capital
Capital redemption reserve
Shares held by employee share trusts
Other reserves
Unrealised gains and losses reserve
Currency translation reserve
Retained earnings
IHG shareholders’ equity
Non-controlling interest
Total equity

Signed on behalf of the Board

Richard Solomons
15 February 2010

Notes on pages 65 to 104 form an integral part of these financial statements.

Note

10

12

13

14

25

15

26

16

17

18

15

11

2

21

19

20

21

25

19

26

11

2

28

2009
$m

1,836
82
274
45
12
130
95
2,474
4
335
35
40
5
419
–
2,893

(106)
(688)
(65)
(194)
(1,053)
(1,016)
(142)
(408)
(118)
(1,684)
–
(2,737)
156

142
11
(4)
(2,900)
29
215
2,656
149
7
156

2008
$m

1,684
143
302
43
40
152
–
2,364
4
412
36
82
10
544
210
3,118

(21)
(746)
–
(374)
(1,141)
(1,334)
(129)
(392)
(117)
(1,972)
(4)
(3,117)
1

118
10
(49)
(2,890)
9
172
2,624
(6)
7
1

G
R
O
U
P
F
I
N
A
N
C

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
L

 
 
64

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Group financial statements continued

Group statement of cash flows

For the year ended 31 December 2009
Profit for the year
Adjustments for:

Net financial expenses
Income tax (credit)/charge
Depreciation and amortisation
Impairment
Other exceptional operating items
Gain on disposal of assets, net of tax
Equity-settled share-based cost, net of payments
Other items

Operating cash flow before movements in working capital
Decrease in trade and other receivables
Increase in trade and other payables
Retirement benefit contributions, net of cost
Cash flows relating to exceptional operating items
Cash flow from operations
Interest paid
Interest received
Tax (paid)/received on operating activities
Net cash from operating activities
Cash flow from investing activities
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
Purchases of intangible assets
Investment in associates and other financial assets
Disposal of assets, net of costs and cash disposed of 
Proceeds from associates and other financial assets
Tax paid on disposals
Net cash from investing activities
Cash flow from financing activities
Proceeds from the issue of share capital
Purchase of own shares
Purchase of own shares by employee share trusts
Proceeds on release of own shares by employee share trusts
Dividends paid to shareholders
Issue of £250m 6% bonds
Decrease in other borrowings
Net cash from financing activities
Net movement in cash and cash equivalents in the year
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year
Exchange rate effects
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

Notes on pages 65 to 104 form an integral part of these financial statements.

2009
$m
214

54
(272)
109
197
176
(6)
14
1
487
58
1
(2)
(60)
484
(53)
2
(1)
432

(100)
(33)
(15)
20
15
(1)
(114)

11
–
(8)
2
(118)
411
(660)
(362)
(44)
82
2
40

2008
$m
262

101
59
112
96
34
(5)
31
3
693
42
81
(27)
(49)
740
(112)
12
1
641

(53)
(49)
(6)
25
61
(3)
(25)

2
(139)
(22)
2
(118)
–
(316)
(591)
25
105
(48)
82

Group statement of cash flows and Accounting policies

65

Accounting policies

General information
The consolidated financial statements of InterContinental Hotels
Group PLC (the Group or IHG) for the year ended 31 December 2009
were authorised for issue in accordance with a resolution of the
Directors on 15 February 2010. InterContinental Hotels Group PLC
(the Company) is incorporated in Great Britain and registered in
England and Wales.

Summary of significant accounting policies
Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements of IHG have been prepared 
in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards
(IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union and as applied in
accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006. 

Changes in accounting policies
With effect from 1 January 2009, the Group has implemented
International Accounting Standard (IAS) 1 (Revised) ‘Presentation 
of Financial Statements’, IAS 23 (Revised) ‘Borrowing Costs’,
Amendment to IFRS 2 ‘Share-based Payment: Vesting Conditions
and Cancellations’, Amendment to IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments:
Disclosures’, IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’, International Financial
Reporting Interpretations Committee Interpretation (IFRIC) 13
‘Customer Loyalty Programmes’ and IFRIC 16 ‘Hedges of a Net
Investment in a Foreign Operation’.

IAS 1 (Revised) ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’ has resulted
in the introduction of the Group statement of changes in equity as 
a primary financial statement. The revised standard also introduces
the Group statement of comprehensive income, presented either in
a single statement or two linked statements. The Group has
adopted the two statement approach.

IAS 23 (Revised) ‘Borrowing Costs’ requires capitalisation of
borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition,
construction or production of a qualifying asset from 1 January
2009. The Group’s previous policy was to expense all borrowing
costs as incurred. In accordance with the transitional provisions 
of IAS 23, the revised standard has been adopted on a prospective
basis and applied to projects commencing after 1 January 2009. 
No borrowing costs have been capitalised in the year.

Amendment to IFRS 2 ‘Share-based Payment: Vesting Conditions
and Cancellations’ clarifies the definitions of vesting conditions and
prescribes the treatment for cancelled awards. The amendment
has not impacted the Group’s financial performance or position.

Amendment to IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’
requires additional disclosures about fair value measurement and
liquidity risk. The additional and revised disclosures are presented
in note 23.

IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’ replaces IAS 14 ‘Segment Reporting’.
The Group has concluded that the reportable segments determined
in accordance with IFRS 8 are the same as the business segments
previously reported under IAS 14. On adoption of IFRS 8, certain
liabilities have been reclassified to Central functions as explained
in note 2.

IFRIC 13 ‘Customer Loyalty Programmes’ requires customer loyalty
credits to be accounted for as a separate component of a sales
transaction. The adoption of IFRIC 13 has not had a material
impact on the financial statements. 

IFRIC 16 ‘Hedges of a Net Investment in a Foreign Operation’ is
applied prospectively from 1 January 2009 and has not impacted the
effectiveness of the Group’s net investment hedging arrangements. 

There has been no requirement to restate prior year comparatives
as a result of adopting any of the above.

Presentational currency
The consolidated financial statements are presented in millions 
of US dollars following a management decision to change the
reporting currency from sterling during 2008. The change was
made to reflect the profile of the Group’s revenue and operating
profit which are primarily generated in US dollars or US dollar-
linked currencies. 

The currency translation reserve was set to nil at 1 January 2004
on transition to IFRS and this reserve has been re-presented on 
the basis that the Group has reported in US dollars since this date.
Equity share capital, the capital redemption reserve and shares
held by employee share trusts are translated into US dollars at 
the rates of exchange on the last day of the period; the resultant
exchange differences are recorded in other reserves.

The functional currency of the parent company remains sterling
since this is a non-trading holding company located in the United
Kingdom that has sterling denominated share capital and whose
primary activity is the payment and receipt of interest on sterling
denominated external borrowings and inter-company balances.

Basis of consolidation
The Group financial statements comprise the financial statements
of the parent company and entities controlled by the Company. 
All intra-group balances and transactions have been eliminated.

The results of those businesses acquired or disposed of are
consolidated for the period during which they were under the
Group’s control.

Foreign currencies
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the 
functional currency at the exchange rates ruling on the dates 
of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated 
in foreign currencies are retranslated to the functional currency 
at the relevant rates of exchange ruling on the last day of the
period. All foreign exchange differences arising on translation are
recognised in the income statement except on foreign currency
borrowings that provide a hedge against a net investment in 
a foreign operation. These are taken directly to the currency
translation reserve until the disposal of the net investment, at
which time they are recycled against the gain or loss on disposal.

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill,
are translated into US dollars at the relevant rates of exchange
ruling on the last day of the period. The revenues and expenses of
foreign operations are translated into US dollars at average rates 
of exchange for the period. The exchange differences arising on 
the retranslation are taken directly to the currency translation
reserve. On disposal of a foreign operation, the cumulative 
amount recognised in the currency translation reserve relating 
to that particular foreign operation is recycled against the gain 
or loss on disposal.

G
R
O
U
P
F
I
N
A
N
C

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
L

 
 
66

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Accounting policies continued

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less depreciation
and any impairment. 

Borrowing costs attributable to the acquisition or construction 
of an asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to
prepare for its intended use or sale are capitalised as part of the
asset cost. All other borrowing costs are expensed as incurred.
Borrowing costs consist of interest and other costs that an entity
incurs in connection with the borrowing of funds. 

Borrowing costs relating to assets where construction commenced
on or after 1 January 2009 are capitalised. Borrowing costs relating
to projects commencing before this date are expensed.

Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

Land is not depreciated. All other property, plant and equipment
are depreciated to a residual value over their estimated useful
lives, namely:

buildings – lesser of 50 years and unexpired term of lease; and

fixtures, fittings and equipment – three to 25 years.

All depreciation is charged on a straight-line basis. Residual value
is reassessed annually.

Property, plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment when
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value
may not be recoverable. Assets that do not generate independent
cash flows are combined into cash-generating units. If carrying
values exceed estimated recoverable amount, the assets or cash-
generating units are written down to their recoverable amount.
Recoverable amount is the greater of fair value less costs to sell 
and value in use. Value in use is assessed based on estimated
future cash flows discounted to their present value using a pre-tax
discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time
value of money and the risks specific to the asset.

On adoption of IFRS, the Group retained previous revaluations 
of property, plant and equipment at deemed cost as permitted 
by IFRS 1 ‘First-time Adoption of International Financial 
Reporting Standards’.

Goodwill
Goodwill arises on consolidation and is recorded at cost, being the
excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair value at the date of
acquisition of the Group’s share of identifiable assets, liabilities 
and contingent liabilities. Following initial recognition, goodwill 
is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. 

Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually by comparing
carrying values of cash-generating units with their recoverable
amounts.

Intangible assets
Software 
Acquired software licences and software developed in-house are
capitalised on the basis of the costs incurred to acquire and bring
to use the specific software. Costs are amortised over estimated
useful lives of three to five years on a straight-line basis.

Internally generated development costs are expensed unless
forecast revenues exceed attributable forecast development costs,
at which time they are capitalised and amortised over the life of 
the asset.

Management contracts 
When assets are sold and a purchaser enters into a franchise or
management contract with the Group, the Group capitalises as part
of the gain or loss on disposal an estimate of the fair value of the
contract entered into. The value of management contracts is
amortised over the life of the contract which ranges from six to 
50 years on a straight-line basis.

Other intangible assets 
Amounts paid to hotel owners to secure management contracts
and franchise agreements are capitalised and amortised over 
the shorter of the contracted period and 10 years on a straight-
line basis.

Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment when events or
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may 
not be recoverable.

Associates
An associate is an entity over which the Group has the ability to
exercise significant influence, but not control, through participation
in the financial and operating policy decisions of the entity.

Associates are accounted for using the equity method unless the
associate is classified as held for sale. Under the equity method,
the Group’s investment is recorded at cost adjusted by the Group’s
share of post-acquisition profits and losses. When the Group’s
share of losses exceeds its interest in an associate, the Group’s
carrying amount is reduced to $nil and recognition of further losses
is discontinued except to the extent that the Group has incurred
legal or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf 
of an associate.

Financial assets
The Group classifies its financial assets into one of the two
following categories: loans and receivables or available-for-sale
financial assets. Management determines the classification of
financial assets on initial recognition and they are subsequently
held at amortised cost (loans and receivables) or fair value
(available-for-sale financial assets). Interest on loans and
receivables is calculated using the effective interest rate method
and is recognised in the income statement as interest income.
Changes in fair values of available-for-sale financial assets are
recorded directly in equity within the unrealised gains and losses
reserve. On disposal, the accumulated fair value adjustments
recognised in equity are recycled to the income statement.
Dividends from available-for-sale financial assets are recognised 
in the income statement as other operating income and expenses.

Financial assets are tested for impairment at each period-end
date. If an available-for-sale financial asset is impaired, the
difference between original cost and fair value is transferred from
equity to the income statement to the extent of any cumulative 
loss recorded in equity, with any excess charged directly to the
income statement.

Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost using the
effective interest rate method. A financial liability is derecognised
when the obligation under the liability expires, is discharged 
or cancelled.

Accounting policies

67

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value.

Trade receivables
Trade receivables are recorded at their original amount less
provision for impairment. It is the Group’s policy to provide for 100%
of the previous month’s aged receivables balances which are more
than 180 days past due. Adjustments to the policy may be made
due to specific or exceptional circumstances when collection is no
longer considered probable. The carrying amount of the receivable
is reduced through the use of a provision account and movements
in the provision are recognised in the income statement within cost
of sales. When a previously provided trade receivable is
uncollectable, it is written off against the provision.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash comprises cash in hand and demand deposits. 

Cash equivalents are short-term highly liquid investments 
with an original maturity of three months or less that are readily
convertible to known amounts of cash and subject to insignificant
risk of changes in value.

In the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents are
shown net of short-term overdrafts which are repayable on demand
and form an integral part of the Group’s cash management.

Assets held for sale
Non-current assets and associated liabilities are classified 
as held for sale when their carrying amount will be recovered
principally through a sale transaction rather than continuing 
use and a sale is highly probable. 

Assets designated as held for sale are held at the lower of carrying
amount at designation and fair value less costs to sell.

Depreciation is not charged against property, plant and equipment
classified as held for sale.

Trade payables
Trade payables are non-interest-bearing and are stated at their 
nominal value.

Self insurance
The Group is self-insured for various insurable risks including
general liability, workers’ compensation and employee medical 
and dental coverage. Insurance reserves include projected
settlements for known and incurred but not reported claims.
Projected settlements are estimated based on historical trends 
and actuarial data.

Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation
as a result of a past event, it is probable that a payment will be
made and a reliable estimate of the amount payable can be made.
If the effect of the time value of money is material, the provision 
is discounted.

An onerous contract provision is recognised when the unavoidable
costs of meeting the obligations under the contract exceed the
economic benefits expected to be received under it.

Bank and other borrowings
Bank and other borrowings are initially recognised at the fair value
of the consideration received less directly attributable transaction
costs. They are subsequently measured at amortised cost. Finance
charges, including the transaction costs and any discount or
premium on issue, are charged to the income statement using 
the effective interest rate method.

Borrowings are classified as non-current when the repayment date
is more than 12 months from the period-end date or where they are
drawn on a facility with more than 12 months to expiry.

Derivative financial instruments and hedging
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments are accounted 
for in line with the nature of the hedging arrangement. The 
Group’s detailed accounting policies with respect to hedging
instruments are set out in note 22. Documentation outlining the
measurement and effectiveness of the hedging arrangement is
maintained throughout the life of the hedge relationship. Any
ineffective element of a hedge arrangement is recognised in
financial income or expenses. 

Interest arising from currency derivatives and interest rate swaps is
taken to financial income or expenses on a net basis over the term
of the agreement, unless the accounting treatment for the hedging
relationship requires the interest to be taken to reserves.

Foreign exchange gains and losses on currency derivatives are
recognised in financial income and expenses unless they form 
part of effective hedge relationships.

The fair value of derivatives is calculated by discounting the
expected future cash flows at prevailing interest rates.

Taxes
Current tax 
Current income tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior
periods are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from
or paid to the tax authorities including interest. The tax rates and
tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted 
or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period.

Deferred tax 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised in respect of
temporary differences between the tax base and carrying value 
of assets and liabilities, including accelerated capital allowances,
unrelieved tax losses, unremitted profits from overseas where 
the Group does not control remittance, gains rolled over into
replacement assets, gains on previously revalued properties 
and other short-term temporary differences. 

Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is regarded
as probable that the deductible temporary differences can be
realised. The recoverability of all deferred tax assets is reassessed
at the end of each reporting period.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to 
apply in the periods in which the asset or liability will be settled,
based on rates enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the
reporting period.

G
R
O
U
P
F
I
N
A
N
C

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
L

 
 
68

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Accounting policies continued

Retirement benefits
Defined contribution plans 
Payments to defined contribution schemes are charged to the
income statement as they fall due.

Defined benefit plans 
Plan assets are measured at fair value and plan liabilities are
measured on an actuarial basis, using the projected unit credit
method and discounting at an interest rate equivalent to the
current rate of return on a high quality corporate bond of equivalent
currency and term to the plan liabilities. The difference between
the value of plan assets and liabilities at the period-end date 
is the amount of surplus or deficit recorded in the statement of
financial position as an asset or liability. An asset is recognised
when the employer has an unconditional right to use the surplus at
some point during the life of the plan or on its wind up. If a refund
would be subject to a tax other than income tax, as is the case in
the UK, the asset is recorded at the amount net of the tax.

The service cost of providing pension benefits to employees for 
the year is charged to the income statement. The cost of making
improvements to pensions is recognised in the income statement
on a straight-line basis over the period during which any increase 
in benefits vests. To the extent that improvements in benefits vest
immediately, the cost is recognised immediately as an expense.

Actuarial gains and losses may result from: differences between
the expected return and the actual return on plan assets;
differences between the actuarial assumptions underlying the plan
liabilities and actual experience during the year; or changes in the
actuarial assumptions used in the valuation of the plan liabilities.
Actuarial gains and losses, and taxation thereon, are recognised 
in the Group statement of comprehensive income.

Actuarial valuations are normally carried out every three years and
are updated for material transactions and other material changes
in circumstances (including changes in market prices and interest
rates) up to the end of the reporting period. 

Revenue recognition
Revenue is the gross inflow of economic benefits received and
receivable by the Group on its own account where those inflows
result in increases in equity.

Revenue is derived from the following sources: franchise fees;
management fees; owned and leased properties and other
revenues which are ancillary to the Group’s operations, including
technology fee income. 

Generally, revenue represents sales (excluding VAT and similar
taxes) of goods and services, net of discounts, provided in the
normal course of business and recognised when services have
been rendered. The following is a description of the composition 
of revenues of the Group.

Franchise fees – received in connection with the license of the
Group’s brand names, usually under long-term contracts with 
the hotel owner. The Group charges franchise royalty fees as a
percentage of room revenue. Revenue is recognised when earned
and realised or realisable under the terms of the agreement.

Management fees – earned from hotels managed by the 
Group, usually under long-term contracts with the hotel owner.
Management fees include a base fee, which is generally a
percentage of hotel revenue, and an incentive fee, which is
generally based on the hotel’s profitability or cash flows. Revenue 
is recognised when earned and realised or realisable under the
terms of the contract. 

Owned and leased – primarily derived from hotel operations,
including the rental of rooms and food and beverage sales from
owned and leased hotels operated under the Group’s brand names.
Revenue is recognised when rooms are occupied and food and
beverages are sold.

Share-based payments
The cost of equity-settled transactions with employees is 
measured by reference to fair value at the date at which the right 
to the shares is granted. Fair value is determined by an external
valuer using option pricing models. 

The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognised, together 
with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period in which
any performance or service conditions are fulfilled, ending on the
date on which the relevant employees become fully entitled to the
award (vesting date).

The income statement charge for a period represents the
movement in cumulative expense recognised at the beginning and
end of that period. No expense is recognised for awards that do not
ultimately vest, except for awards where vesting is conditional upon
a market or non-vesting condition, which are treated as vesting
irrespective of whether or not the market or non-vesting condition
is satisfied, provided that all other performance and/or service
conditions are satisfied. 

The Group has taken advantage of the transitional provisions of
IFRS 2 ‘Share-based Payment’ in respect of equity-settled awards
and has applied IFRS 2 only to equity-settled awards granted after
7 November 2002 that had not vested before 1 January 2005.

Leases
Operating lease rentals are charged to the income statement 
on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

Assets held under finance leases, which transfer to the Group
substantially all the risks and benefits incidental to ownership of
the leased item, are capitalised at the inception of the lease, with 
a corresponding liability being recognised for the fair value of the
leased asset or, if lower, the present value of the minimum lease
payments. Lease payments are apportioned between the reduction
of the lease liability and finance charges in the income statement
so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining
balance of the liability. Assets held under finance leases are
depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the
asset and the lease term.

Disposal of non-current assets
The Group recognises sales proceeds and any related gain or loss
on disposal on completion of the sales process. In determining
whether the gain or loss should be recorded, the Group considers
whether it:

• has a continuing managerial involvement to the degree

associated with asset ownership;

• has transferred the significant risks and rewards associated 

with asset ownership; and

• can reliably measure and will actually receive the proceeds.

Discontinued operations
Discontinued operations are those relating to hotels sold or those
classified as held for sale when the results relate to a separate 
line of business, geographical area of operations, or where there 
is a co-ordinated plan to dispose of a separate line of business 
or geographical area of operations.

Accounting policies

69

Exceptional items
The Group discloses certain financial information both including
and excluding exceptional items. The presentation of information
excluding exceptional items allows a better understanding of 
the underlying trading performance of the Group and provides
consistency with the Group’s internal management reporting.
Exceptional items are identified by virtue of either their size or
nature so as to facilitate comparison with prior periods and to
assess underlying trends in financial performance. Exceptional
items can include, but are not restricted to, gains and losses 
on the disposal of assets, impairment charges and reversals,
restructuring costs and the release of tax provisions.

Use of accounting estimates and judgements
The preparation of financial statements requires management 
to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported
amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets
and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the
reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting
period. Actual results may differ from these estimates under
different assumptions and conditions.

The estimates and assumptions that have the most significant
effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements are:

Trade receivables – a provision for impairment of trade receivables
is made on the basis of historical experience and other factors
considered relevant by management.

Impairment – the Group determines whether goodwill is impaired
on an annual basis or more frequently if there are indicators of
impairment. Other non-current assets, including property, plant
and equipment, are tested for impairment if there are indicators 
of impairment. Impairment testing requires an estimate of future
cash flows and the choice of a suitable discount rate and, in the
case of hotels, an assessment of recoverable amount based on
comparable market transactions.

System Funds – In addition to management or franchise fees,
hotels within the IHG system pay cash assessments which are
collected by IHG for specific use within the System Funds (the
Funds). Under the governance of the IAHI, the Owners’ Association,
IHG operates the Funds on behalf of hotel owners with the
objective of driving revenues for their hotels. The Funds are used 
to pay for marketing, the Priority Club loyalty programme and the
global reservation system. The Funds are planned to operate at
breakeven with any short-term timing surplus or deficit carried 
in the Group statement of financial position within working capital.

As all Fund assessments are designated for specific purposes and
do not result in a profit or loss for the Group, the revenue recognition
criteria as outlined in the accounting policy above are not met and
therefore the revenue and expenses of the Funds are not included
in the Group income statement.

The assets and liabilities relating to the Funds are included in the
appropriate headings in the Group statement of financial position
because the related legal, but not beneficial, rights and obligations
rest with the Group. These assets and liabilities include the Priority
Club Rewards liability, short-term timing surpluses and deficits
and any receivables and payables related to the Funds.

Loyalty programme – The hotel loyalty programme, Priority Club
Rewards, enables members to earn points, funded through hotel
assessments, during each qualifying stay at an IHG branded hotel
and redeem points at a later date for free accommodation or other
benefits. The future redemption liability is included in trade and
other payables and is estimated using eventual redemption rates
determined by actuarial methods and points values. Actuarial 
gains and losses on the future redemption liability are borne by 
the System Funds and any resulting changes in the liability would
correspondingly adjust the amount of short-term timing
differences held in the Group statement of financial position.

Retirement and other post-employment benefits – the cost 
of defined benefit pension plans and other post-employment
benefits is determined using actuarial valuations. The actuarial
valuation involves making assumptions about discount rates,
expected rates of return on assets, future salary increases,
mortality rates and future pension increases.

Tax – provisions for tax accruals require judgements on the
interpretation of tax legislation, developments in tax case law 
and the potential outcomes of tax audits and appeals. In addition,
deferred tax assets are recognised for unused tax attributes to 
the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available
against which they can be utilised. Judgement is required as to 
the amount that can be recognised based on the likely amount 
and timing of future taxable profits, taking into account expected
tax planning. Deferred tax balances are dependent on
management’s expectations regarding the manner and timing 
of recovery of the related assets.

Other – the Group also makes estimates and judgements in the
valuation of franchise and management agreements acquired 
on asset disposals, the valuation of financial assets classified as
available-for-sale, the outcome of legal proceedings and claims
and in the valuation of share-based payment costs.

New standards and interpretations
The IASB and IFRIC have issued the following standards and
interpretations with an effective date after the date of these
financial statements. They have not been adopted early by the
Group and will be adopted in accordance with the effective date.
The Directors do not anticipate that the adoption of these 
standards and interpretations will have a material impact on the
Group’s reported income or net assets in the period of adoption.

IFRS 2

Share-based Payment (Amendment) 
Effective from 1 January 2010

IFRS 3R Business Combinations

Effective from 1 July 2009

IFRS 5

Non-current Assets Held for Sale and 
Discontinued Operations (Amendment)
Effective from 1 July 2009

IAS 27R Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements

Effective from 1 July 2009

IAS 39

Financial Instruments: Recognition and 
Measurement (Amendment) 
Effective from 1 July 2009

IFRIC 17 Distribution of Non-cash Assets to Owners 

Further information on the Funds is included in note 33.

Effective from 1 July 2009

Note: the effective dates are in respect of accounting periods
beginning on or after the date shown and so will be effective 
for the Group from 1 January 2010.

G
R
O
U
P
F
I
N
A
N
C

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
L

 
 
70

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Notes to the Group financial statements

1  Exchange rates

2  Segmental information

The results of operations have been translated into US dollars 
at the average rates of exchange for the year. In the case of
sterling, the translation rate is $1=£0.64 (2008 $1=£0.55). In the
case of the euro, the translation rate is $1=€0.72 (2008 $1=€0.68).

Assets and liabilities have been translated into US dollars at the
rates of exchange on the last day of the period. In the case of
sterling, the translation rate is $1=£0.62 (2008 $1=£0.69). In the
case of the euro, the translation rate is $1=€0.69 (2008 $1=€0.71).

The management of the Group’s operations, excluding Central
functions, is organised within three geographical regions:

Americas;

Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA); and

Asia Pacific.

These, together with Central functions, comprise the Group’s four
reportable segments. 

The Asia Pacific reportable segment comprises the aggregation
of two operating segments, Greater China and Asia Australasia.
Central functions include costs of global functions, including
technology, sales and marketing, finance, human resources and
corporate services; revenue arises principally from technology fee
income. Central liabilities include the loyalty programme liability
and the cumulative short-term System Fund surplus which were
allocated to the geographical segments prior to the adoption of
IFRS 8.

Each of the geographical regions derives its revenues from either
franchising, managing or owning hotels and additional segmental
disclosures are provided accordingly.

Management monitors the operating results of the geographical
regions and Central functions separately for the purpose of
making decisions about resource allocation and performance
assessment. Segmental performance is evaluated based on
operating profit or loss and is measured consistently with
operating profit or loss in the consolidated financial statements,
excluding exceptional items. Group financing and income 
taxes are managed on a group basis and are not allocated 
to reportable segments.

Notes to the Group financial statements

71

2  Segmental information continued

Year ended 31 December 2009
Revenue
Franchised
Managed
Owned and leased
Central
Total revenue*

Segmental result
Franchised
Managed
Owned and leased
Regional and central
Reportable segments’ operating profit
Exceptional operating items (note 5)
Operating loss*

Reportable segments’ operating profit 
Exceptional operating items
Operating loss
Net finance costs
Loss before tax
Tax 
Profit after tax
Gain on disposal of assets, net of tax
Profit for the year

* Relates to continuing operations.

Americas
$m

EMEA
$m

Asia Pacific
$m

Central
$m

437
110
225
–
772

83
119
195
–
397

11
105
129
–
245

–
–
–
124
124

Americas
$m

EMEA
$m

Asia Pacific
$m

Central
$m

364
(40)
11
(47)
288
(301)
(13)

60
65
33
(31)
127
(22)
105

5
44
30
(27)
52
(7)
45

Continuing
$m
363
(373)
(10)
(54)
(64)
272
208
–
208

–
–
–
(104)
(104)
(43)
(147)

Discontinued
$m
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
6
6

Group
$m

531
334
549
124
1,538

Group
$m

429
69
74
(209)
363
(373)
(10)

Group
$m
363
(373)
(10)
(54)
(64)
272
208
6
214

G
R
O
U
P
F
I
N
A
N
C

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
L

 
 
72

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Notes to the Group financial statements continued

2  Segmental information continued

Americas
$m

970

EMEA
$m

926

Asia Pacific
$m

Central
$m

Group
$m

631

196

2,723

(417)

(236)

(63)

(567)

(1,283)

95
35
40
2,893

Year ended 31 December 2009
Assets and liabilities
Segment assets

Unallocated assets:

Deferred tax receivable
Current tax receivable
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Segment liabilities

Unallocated liabilities:
Current tax payable
Deferred tax payable
Loans and other borrowings
Derivatives
Total liabilities

Other segmental information
Capital expenditure (see below)
Non-cash items:

Onerous management contracts
Depreciation and amortisation*
Impairment losses

Americas
$m

EMEA
$m

Asia Pacific
$m

Central
$m

80

91
33
189

5

–
29
8

14

–
28
–

37

–
19
–

*

Included in the $109m of depreciation and amortisation is $29m relating to administrative expenses and $80m relating to cost of sales.

Reconciliation of capital expenditure
Capital expenditure per management reporting
Timing differences
Capital expenditure per the financial statements

Comprising additions to:
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Investment in associates

Americas
$m
80
(45)
35

29
6
–
35

EMEA
$m
5
1
6

6
–
–
6

Asia Pacific
$m
14
1
15

9
3
3
15

Central
$m
37
–
37

13
24
–
37

(194)
(118)
(1,122)
(20)
(2,737)

Group
$m

136

91
109
197

Group
$m
136
(43)
93

57
33
3
93

Notes to the Group financial statements

73

2  Segmental information continued

Year ended 31 December 2008
Revenue
Franchised
Managed
Owned and leased
Central
Total revenue*

Segmental result
Franchised
Managed
Owned and leased
Regional and central
Reportable segments’ operating profit
Exceptional operating items (note 5)
Operating profit*

Reportable segments’ operating profit
Exceptional operating items
Operating profit
Net finance costs
Profit before tax
Tax 
Profit after tax
Gain on disposal of assets, net of tax
Profit for the year

* Relates to continuing operations.

Americas
$m

EMEA
$m

Asia Pacific
$m

Central
$m

495
168
300
–
963

110
168
240
–
518

18
113
159
–
290

–
–
–
126
126

Americas
$m

EMEA
$m

Asia Pacific
$m

Central
$m

426
51
55
(67)
465
(99)
366

75
95
45
(44)
171
(21)
150

8
55
43
(38)
68
(2)
66

Continuing
$m
549
(132)
417
(101)
316
(59)
257
–
257

–
–
–
(155)
(155)
(10)
(165)

Discontinued
$m
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
5
5

Group
$m

623
449
699
126
1,897

Group
$m

509
201
143
(304)
549
(132)
417

Group
$m
549
(132)
417
(101)
316
(59)
257
5
262

G
R
O
U
P
F
I
N
A
N
C

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
L

 
 
74

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Notes to the Group financial statements continued

2  Segmental information continued

Year ended 31 December 2008
Assets and liabilities
Segment assets
Non-current assets classified as held for sale

Unallocated assets:

Current tax receivable
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Segment liabilities
Liabilities classified as held for sale

Unallocated liabilities:
Current tax payable
Deferred tax payable
Loans and other borrowings
Derivatives
Total liabilities

Other segmental information
Capital expenditure (see below)
Non-cash items:

Depreciation and amortisation*
Impairment losses

Americas
$m

EMEA
$m

Asia Pacific
$m

Central
$m

1,031
209
1,240

(429)
(4)
(433)

957
1
958

(257)
–
(257)

613
–
613

(63)
–
(63)

189
–
189

(508)
–
(508)

Americas
$m

EMEA
$m

Asia Pacific
$m

Central
$m

51

31
75

5

35
21

13

26
–

74

20
–

Group
$m

2,790
210
3,000

36
82
3,118

(1,257)
(4)
(1,261)

(374)
(117)
(1,355)
(10)
(3,117)

Group
$m

143

112
96

*

Included in the $112m of depreciation and amortisation is $32m relating to administrative expenses and $80m relating to cost of sales.

Central liabilities include the loyalty programme liability and the cumulative short-term System Fund surplus which were allocated to the
geographical segments prior to the adoption of IFRS 8.

Reconciliation of capital expenditure
Capital expenditure per management reporting
Timing differences
Exchange and other adjustments
Capital expenditure per the financial statements

Comprising additions to:
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Investment in associates

Americas
$m
51
–
(1)
50

43
7
–
50

EMEA
$m
5
–
(3)
2

2
–
–
2

Asia Pacific
$m
13
4
(2)
15

10
2
3
15

Central
$m
74
–
2
76

36
40
–
76

Group
$m
143
4
(4)
143

91
49
3
143

2  Segmental information continued

Geographical information
Revenue 
United Kingdom
United States
Rest of World
Total revenue per Group income statement

Notes to the Group financial statements

75

Year ended
31 December
2009
$m

Year ended
31 December
2008
$m

125
678
735
1,538

173
819
905
1,897

For the purposes of the above table, hotel revenue is determined according to the location of the hotel and other revenue is attributed to the
country of origin. In addition to the United Kingdom, revenue relating to an individual country is separately disclosed when it represents 10%
or more of total revenue.

Non-current assets
United Kingdom
United States
France
People’s Republic of China
Rest of World
Total

31 December
2009
$m

31 December
2008
$m

389
805
376
354
313
2,237

363
758
368
357
326
2,172

For the purposes of the above table, non-current assets comprise property, plant and equipment, goodwill, intangible assets and
investments in associates. Non-current assets relating to an individual country are separately disclosed when they represent 10% 
or more of total non-current assets, as defined above.

G
R
O
U
P
F
I
N
A
N
C

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
L

 
 
76

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Notes to the Group financial statements continued

3  Staff costs and Directors’ emoluments

Staff
Costs:

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Pension and other post-retirement benefits:

Defined benefit plans (note 25)
Defined contribution plans

Average number of employees, including part-time employees:

Americas
EMEA
Asia Pacific
Central

2009
$m

441
45

12
26
524

2009

3,229
1,712
1,410
1,205
7,556

2008
$m

549
55

8
30
642

2008

3,384
1,824
1,470
1,271
7,949

The costs of the above employees are borne by IHG. In addition, the Group employs 4,561 (2008 4,353) people who work in managed hotels
or directly on behalf of the System Funds and whose costs of $267m (2008 $272m) are borne by those hotels or by the Funds.

Directors’ emoluments
Base salaries, fees, performance payments and benefits

2009
$m

3.3

More detailed information on the emoluments, pensions, option holdings and shareholdings for each Director is shown in the
Remuneration report on pages 46 to 56.

4  Auditor’s remuneration paid to Ernst & Young LLP

Group audit fees
Audit fees in respect of subsidiaries
Tax fees
Interim review fees
Other services pursuant to legislation
Other

2009
$m
1.8
2.1
1.7
0.3
0.3
1.5
7.7

2008
$m

7.8

2008
$m
1.7
1.5
1.0
0.4
0.1
2.8
7.5

Audit fees in respect of the pension scheme were not material.

The Audit Committee has a process to ensure that any non-audit services do not compromise the independence and objectivity of the
external auditor and that relevant UK and US professional and regulatory requirements are met. A number of criteria are applied when
deciding whether pre-approval for such services should be given. These include the nature of the service, the level of fees and the
practicality of appointing an alternative provider, having regard to the skills and experience required to supply the service effectively.
Cumulative fees for audit and non-audit services are presented to the Audit Committee on a quarterly basis for review. The Audit
Committee is responsible for monitoring adherence to the pre-approval policy.

Notes to the Group financial statements

77

5  Exceptional items

Continuing operations
Exceptional operating items:

Cost of sales:

Onerous management contracts 

Administrative expenses:

Holiday Inn brand relaunch 
Reorganisation and related costs 
Enhanced pension transfer 

Other operating income and expenses:
Gain on sale of associate investments
Gain on sale of other financial assets
Loss on disposal of hotels (note 11)*

Depreciation and amortisation:

Reorganisation and related costs

Impairment:

Property, plant and equipment (note 10)
Assets held for sale (note 11)
Goodwill (note 12)
Intangible assets (note 13)
Other financial assets (note 15)

Tax:

Tax on exceptional operating items
Exceptional tax credit 

Discontinued operations
Gain on disposal of assets (note 11):

Gain on disposal of hotels**
Tax credit

Note

2009
$m

2008
$m

a

b

c

d

c

e

f

(91)

(19)
(43)
(21)
(83)

–
–
(2)
(2)

–

(28)
(45)
(78)
(32)
(14)
(197)
(373)

112
175
287

2
4
6

–

(35)
(24)
–
(59)

13
14
(2)
25

(2)

(12)
–
(63)
(21)
–
(96)
(132)

17
25
42

–
5
5

* Relates to hotels classified as continuing operations.

** Relates to hotels classified as discontinued operations.

The above items are treated as exceptional by reason of their size or nature.

a An onerous contract provision of $65m has been recognised for the future net unavoidable costs under a performance guarantee related to certain management
contracts with one US hotel owner. In addition to the provision, a deposit of $26m has been written off as it is no longer considered recoverable under the terms 
of the same management contracts.

b Relates to costs incurred in support of the worldwide relaunch of the Holiday Inn brand family that was announced on 24 October 2007. 

c Primarily relates to the closure of certain corporate offices together with severance costs arising from a review of the Group’s cost base.

d Relates to the payment of enhanced pension transfers to those deferred members of the InterContinental Hotels UK Pension Plan who had accepted an offer 

to receive the enhancement either as a cash lump sum or as an additional transfer value to an alternative pension plan provider. The exceptional item comprises
the lump sum payments ($9m), the IAS 19 settlement loss arising on the pension transfers ($11m) and the costs of the arrangement ($1m). The payments and
transfers were made in January 2009.

e Relates to the release of provisions which are exceptional by reason of their size or nature relating to tax matters which have been settled or in respect of which 

the relevant statutory limitation period has expired (see note 7).

f Relates to tax arising on disposals together with the release of provisions no longer required in respect of hotels disposed of in prior years.

G
R
O
U
P
F
I
N
A
N
C

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
L

 
 
78

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Notes to the Group financial statements continued

6  Finance costs

Financial income
Interest income
Fair value gains

Financial expenses
Interest expense
Finance charge payable under finance leases

2009
$m

2
1
3

39
18
57

2008
$m

11
1
12

95
18
113

Interest income and expense relate to financial assets and liabilities held at amortised cost, calculated using the effective interest rate
method.

Included within interest expense is $2m (2008 $12m) payable to the Priority Club Rewards loyalty programme relating to interest on the
accumulated balance of cash received in advance of the redemption of points awarded.

7  Tax

Income tax
UK corporation tax at 28% (2008 28.5%):

Current period
Adjustments in respect of prior periods

Foreign tax:

Current period
Benefit of tax reliefs on which no deferred tax previously recognised
Adjustments in respect of prior periods

Total current tax
Deferred tax:

Origination and reversal of temporary differences
Changes in tax rates
Adjustments to estimated recoverable deferred tax assets
Adjustments in respect of prior periods

Total deferred tax
Total income tax (credit)/charge for the year
Further analysed as tax relating to:
Profit before exceptional items
Exceptional items (note 5):

Exceptional operating items
Exceptional tax credit 
Gain on disposal of assets

The total tax (credit)/charge can be further analysed as relating to:

Continuing operations
Discontinued operations – gain on disposal of assets

Note

a

b

c

2009
$m

26
(33)
(7)

79
(6)
(246)
(173)
(180)

(73)
1
1
(25)
(96)
(276)

15

(112)
(175)
(4)
(276)

(272)
(4)
(276)

2008
$m

13
(28)
(15)

130
(6)
(63)
61
46

26
(1)
(4)
(13)
8
54

101

(17)
(25)
(5)
54

59
(5)
54

a Represents corporate income taxes on profit taxable in foreign jurisdictions, a significant proportion of which relates to the Group’s US subsidiaries.

b Includes $165m of exceptional releases included at note c below together with other releases relating to tax matters which have been settled or in respect 

of which the relevant statutory limitation period has expired.

c Represents the release of provisions which are exceptional by reason of their size or nature relating to tax matters which have been settled or in respect 

of which the relevant statutory limitation period has expired.

Notes to the Group financial statements

79

7  Tax continued

Reconciliation of tax (credit)/charge, including gain on disposal of assets
UK corporation tax at standard rate
Non-deductible expenditure and non-taxable income
Net effect of different rates of tax in overseas businesses
Effect of changes in tax rates
Benefit of tax reliefs on which no deferred tax previously recognised
Effect of adjustments to estimated recoverable deferred tax assets
Adjustment to tax charge in respect of prior periods
Other
Exceptional items and gain on disposal of assets

a Calculated in relation to total losses/profits including exceptional items.

b Calculated in relation to profits excluding exceptional items.

2009
%

28.0
(36.5)
(43.0)
(0.3)
7.2
5.9
185.5
(3.8)
298.3
441.3

Totala

2008
%

28.5
8.7
10.1
(0.2)
(1.7)
(1.1)
(23.5)
(0.8)
(2.9)
17.1

Before exceptional itemsb

2009
%

28.0
7.4
8.7
0.1
(1.5)
(1.2)
(37.6)
0.8
–
4.7

2008
%

28.5
6.1
7.1
(0.1)
(1.2)
(0.8)
(16.6)
(0.6)
–
22.4

Tax paid
Total net tax paid during the year of $2m (2008 $2m) comprises $1m paid (2008 $1m received) in respect of operating activities and $1m
paid (2008 $3m) in respect of investing activities.

Tax paid is lower than the current period income tax charge primarily due to the receipt of refunds in respect of prior years together with
provisions for tax for which no payment of tax has currently been made. 

Tax risks, policies and governance
It is the Group’s objective to comply fully with its worldwide corporate income tax filing, payment and reporting obligations, whilst managing
its tax affairs within acceptable risk parameters in order to minimise its worldwide liabilities in the best interests of its shareholders. 
The Group adopts a policy of open co-operation with tax authorities, with full disclosure of relevant issues.

The Group’s tax objectives and policies, and any changes thereto, are reviewed and approved by the Audit Committee. Regular tax reports
are made to the Chief Financial Officer in addition to an annual presentation to the Audit Committee covering the Group’s tax position,
strategy and major risks. Tax is also encompassed within the Group’s formal risk management procedures and any material tax disputes,
litigation or tax planning activities are subject to internal risk review and management approval procedures. 

8  Dividends paid and proposed

Paid during the year:

Final (declared for previous year)
Interim 

Proposed (not recognised as a liability at 31 December):

Final

G
R
O
U
P
F
I
N
A
N
C

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

2009
cents per
share

2008
cents per
share

29.2
12.2
41.4

29.2

29.2
12.2
41.4

29.2

2009
$m

83
35
118

84

A
L

2008
$m

86
32
118

83

The final dividend of 18.7p (29.2¢ converted at the closing exchange rate on 12 February 2010) is proposed for approval at the 
Annual General Meeting on 28 May 2010 and is payable on the shares in issue at 26 March 2010.

 
 
80

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Notes to the Group financial statements continued

9  Earnings per ordinary share

Basic earnings per ordinary share is calculated by dividing the profit for the year available for IHG equity holders by the weighted average
number of ordinary shares, excluding investment in own shares, in issue during the year.

Diluted earnings per ordinary share is calculated by adjusting basic earnings per ordinary share to reflect the notional exercise of the
weighted average number of dilutive ordinary share options outstanding during the year. 

Adjusted earnings per ordinary share is disclosed in order to show performance undistorted by exceptional items, to give a more
meaningful comparison of the Group’s performance.

Basic earnings per ordinary share
Profit available for equity holders ($m)
Basic weighted average number of ordinary shares (millions)
Basic earnings per ordinary share (cents)
Diluted earnings per ordinary share
Profit available for equity holders ($m)
Diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares (millions)
Diluted earnings per ordinary share (cents)

Diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares is calculated as:

Basic weighted average number of ordinary shares
Dilutive potential ordinary shares – employee share options

Adjusted earnings per ordinary share
Profit available for equity holders ($m)
Adjusting items (note 5):

Exceptional operating items ($m)
Tax on exceptional operating items ($m)
Exceptional tax credit ($m)
Gain on disposal of assets, net of tax ($m)

Adjusted earnings ($m)
Basic weighted average number of ordinary shares (millions)
Adjusted earnings per ordinary share (cents)
Adjusted earnings ($m)
Diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares (millions)
Adjusted diluted earnings per ordinary share (cents)

Continuing
operations

207
285
72.6

207
295
70.2

Continuing
operations

207

373
(112)
(175)
–
293
285
102.8
293
295
99.3

2009

Total

213
285
74.7

213
295
72.2

2009
millions

285
10
295

2009

Total

213

373
(112)
(175)
(6)
293
285
102.8
293
295
99.3

Continuing
operations

257
287
89.5

257
296
86.8

Continuing
operations

257

132
(17)
(25)
–
347
287
120.9
347
296
117.2

2008

Total

262
287
91.3

262
296
88.5

2008
millions

287
9
296

2008

Total

262

132
(17)
(25)
(5)
347
287
120.9
347
296
117.2

Notes to the Group financial statements

81

10  Property, plant and equipment

Cost
At 1 January 2008
Additions
Net transfers to non-current assets classified as held for sale
Disposals
Exchange and other adjustments
At 31 December 2008
Additions
Net transfers from non-current assets classified as held for sale
Reclassification 
Disposals
Exchange and other adjustments
At 31 December 2009
Depreciation and impairment
At 1 January 2008
Provided
Net transfers to non-current assets classified as held for sale
Impairment charge
On disposals
Exchange and other adjustments
At 31 December 2008
Provided
Net transfers from non-current assets classified as held for sale
Impairment charge
Valuation adjustments arising on reclassification from held for sale (note 11)
On disposals
Exchange and other adjustments
At 31 December 2009
Net book value
At 31 December 2009
At 31 December 2008
At 1 January 2008

Land and
buildings
$m

Fixtures, fittings 
and equipment
$m

Note

1,606
6
(119)
(15)
(112)
1,366
22
176
14
–
44
1,622

(129)
(11)
37
(12)
15
–
(100)
(11)
(44)
(28)
(28)
–
(1)
(212)

1,410
1,266
1,477

955
85
(60)
(24)
(56)
900
35
104
(14)
(3)
24
1,046

(498)
(61)
37
–
25
15
(482)
(60)
(45)
–
(17)
2
(18)
(620)

426
418
457

a

b

Total
$m

2,561
91
(179)
(39)
(168)
2,266
57
280
–
(3)
68
2,668

(627)
(72)
74
(12)
40
15
(582)
(71)
(89)
(28)
(45)
2
(19)
(832)

1,836
1,684
1,934

The impairment charges have arisen as a result of the current economic downturn and a re-assessment of the recoverable amount 
of certain properties, based on value in use, as follows:

a Recognised at 31 December 2008 in respect of a North American hotel. Estimated future cash flows were discounted 

at a pre-tax rate of 13.5%.

b Recognised at 30 June 2009, comprising $20m in respect of a North American hotel and $8m relating to a European hotel. 

Estimated future cash flows were discounted at pre-tax rates of 14.0% and 12.5% respectively.

These charges are included within impairment on the face of the Group income statement.

The carrying value of land and buildings held under finance leases at 31 December 2009 was $187m (2008 $192m). 

The carrying value of assets in the course of construction was $nil (2008 $41m). 

No borrowing costs were capitalised during the year (2008 $nil).

G
R
O
U
P
F
I
N
A
N
C

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
L

 
 
82

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Notes to the Group financial statements continued

11  Assets sold, held for sale and discontinued operations 

Assets and liabilities held for sale
Non-current assets classified as held for sale:

Property, plant and equipment

Liabilities classified as held for sale:

Deferred tax (note 26)

2009
$m

–

–

2008
$m

210

(4)

At 31 December 2008, five hotels were classified as held for sale. During the year ended 31 December 2009, one (2008 one) hotel was sold.
The remaining four were reclassified as property, plant and equipment at 30 June 2009 when they no longer met the ‘held for sale’ criteria
of IFRS 5 ‘Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’ as sales are no longer considered highly probable within the next
12 months. On reclassification, valuation adjustments of $45m were recognised, comprising $14m of depreciation not charged whilst held
for sale and $31m of further write-downs to recoverable amounts, as required by IFRS 5. Recoverable amounts were assessed by reference
to value in use with the expected future cash flows for the North American hotel comprising substantially all of the write-down discounted
at a pre-tax rate of 12.5%. The valuation adjustments are included within impairment on the face of the Group income statement.

The results of two of these reclassified hotels, which, prior to 30 June 2009, were presented as discontinued operations, are now reported
as continuing operations and prior period results have been re-presented on a consistent basis. The impact has been to increase revenue
from continuing operations for the year by $34m (2008 $43m) and to increase operating profit from continuing operations, before
exceptional items, for the year by $8m (2008 $14m).

Discontinued operations
Following the above reclassification and re-presentation, the results of discontinued operations comprise gains arising from prior year
hotel disposals of $6m (2008 $5m) and do not impact on segmental results.

Earnings per ordinary share from discontinued operations
Basic
Diluted

There were no cash flows attributable to discontinued operations in the year (2008 $nil).

2009
cents per 
ordinary share

2008
cents per 
ordinary share

2.1
2.0

1.8
1.7

Notes to the Group financial statements

83

11  Assets sold, held for sale and discontinued operations continued

Net assets of hotels sold
Property, plant and equipment
Cash and cash equivalents
Group’s share of net assets disposed of

Consideration
Current year disposals:

Cash consideration, net of costs paid

Net assets disposed of
Prior year disposals:
Provision release 
Tax

Gain on disposal of assets, net of tax

Analysed as:

Loss on disposal of hotels from continuing operations (note 5)
Profit for the year from discontinued operations (note 5)

Net cash inflow
Current year disposals:

Cash consideration, net of costs paid
Cash disposed of
Prior year disposals

12  Goodwill

Cost
At 1 January 
Exchange and other adjustments
At 31 December 
Impairment 
At 1 January 
Impairment charge
At 31 December
Net book value
At 31 December
At 1 January 

2009
$m

22
–
22

20
(22)

2
4
4

(2)
6
4

20
–
–
20

2009
$m

206
17
223

(63)
(78)
(141)

82
143

2008
$m

28
8
36

34
(36)

–
5
3

(2)
5
3

34
(8)
(1)
25

2008
$m

221
(15)
206

–
(63)
(63)

143
221

Goodwill arising on business combinations that occurred before 1 January 2005 was not restated on adoption of IFRS as permitted by IFRS 1.

G
R
O
U
P
F
I
N
A
N
C

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
L

 
 
84

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Notes to the Group financial statements continued

12  Goodwill continued

Goodwill has been allocated to cash-generating units (CGUs) for impairment testing as follows:

Americas managed operations
Asia Pacific:

Asia Pacific franchised and managed operations
Asia Australasia franchised and managed operations

2009
$m
141

n/a
82
223

Cost

2008
$m
141

65
n/a
206

Net book value

2008
$m
78

65
n/a
143

2009
$m
–

n/a
82
82

All cumulative impairment losses relate to the Americas managed CGU.

The Group tests goodwill for impairment annually, or more frequently if there are any indications that an impairment may have arisen. 
The recoverable amounts of the CGUs are determined from value in use calculations. These calculations use pre-tax cash flow forecasts
derived from the most recent financial budgets and strategic plans approved by management covering a five-year period or, in absence of
up-to-date strategic plans, the financial budget for the next year with an extrapolation of the cash flows for the following four years, using
growth rates based on management’s past experience and industry growth forecasts. After the five-year planning period, the terminal
value of future cash flows is calculated based on perpetual growth rates that do not exceed the average long-term growth rates for the
relevant markets. Pre-tax discount rates are used to discount the cash flows based on the Group’s weighted average cost of capital
adjusted to reflect the risks specific to the business model and territory of the CGU being tested.

Americas goodwill
Americas managed operations, which is both the CGU to which the goodwill is allocated and a segment reported by the Group, have
incurred significant operating losses during the year. These have arisen as a result of the global economic downturn and, in particular,
IHG’s funding obligations under certain management contracts with one US hotel owner. As a consequence, goodwill has been tested 
on a quarterly basis during the year using updated five-year projections prepared by management, a perpetual growth rate of 2.7% and 
a discount rate of 12.5%. Due to the expectation of continuing losses, the recoverable value of the CGU has declined resulting in the
impairment of the remaining goodwill balance. Total impairment charges of $78m have been recognised; $57m at 30 June 2009 and 
$21m at 30 September 2009. 

The above impairment charges follow a charge of $63m that was recognised at 31 December 2008 as a result of the onset of the global
economic downturn and a revision to expected fee income. The value in use calculations were based on the cash flows included in the
approved budget for 2009 with an extrapolation over the following four years at growth rates increasing from 1% to 4%, a perpetual growth
rate of 2.7% and a discount rate of 12.5%. Actual performance during 2009 was significantly worse than budgeted and future cash flow
expectations continued to deteriorate throughout the course of the year. 

The impairment charges for both years are included within impairment on the face of the Group income statement. As the goodwill has
now been impaired in full, there is no sensitivity around any assumptions that could lead to a further impairment charge. 

Asia Pacific goodwill
Following an internal reorganisation during the year, the regional managed and franchised operations now comprise two separate CGUs,
Greater China and Asia Australasia. Goodwill, which was previously tested for impairment at the Asia Pacific regional CGU level, is now
allocated to the smaller Asia Australasia CGU. 

At 31 December 2009, the recoverable amount of the CGU has been assessed based on the approved budget for 2010 and strategic plans
covering a five-year period, a perpetual growth rate of 3.5% (2008 4.0%) and a discount rate of 14.2% (2008 16.0%).

Impairment was not required at either year end and management believe that the carrying values of the CGUs would only have exceeded
their recoverable amounts in the event of highly unlikely changes in the key assumptions. 

Notes to the Group financial statements

85

13  Intangible assets

Cost
At 1 January 2008
Additions
Disposals
Exchange and other adjustments
At 31 December 2008
Additions
Disposals
Exchange and other adjustments
At 31 December 2009
Amortisation and impairment
At 1 January 2008
Provided
Impairment charge
Disposals
Exchange and other adjustments
At 31 December 2008
Provided
Impairment charge
Disposals
Exchange and other adjustments
At 31 December 2009
Net book value
At 31 December 2009
At 31 December 2008
At 1 January 2008

Note

Software
$m

Management
contracts
$m

Other
intangibles
$m

120
40
(2)
–
158
24
–
3
185

(63)
(20)
–
2
–
(81)
(19)
–
–
–
(100)

85
77
57

249
–
–
(29)
220
–
–
11
231

(26)
(12)
(21)
–
9
(50)
(10)
(32)
–
(4)
(96)

135
170
223

86
9
–
(2)
93
9
(7)
3
98

(31)
(8)
–
–
1
(38)
(9)
–
5
(2)
(44)

54
55
55

a

b

Total
$m

455
49
(2)
(31)
471
33
(7)
17
514

(120)
(40)
(21)
2
10
(169)
(38)
(32)
5
(6)
(240)

274
302
335

The impairment charges have arisen as a result of the current economic downturn and a revision to expected fee income, as follows:

a Recognised at 30 September 2008 in respect of a European management contract. Estimated future cash flows were discounted 

at a pre-tax rate of 12.5% (previous valuation 10.0%).

G
R
O
U
P
F
I
N
A
N
C

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

b Recognised at 30 June 2009 in respect of a US management contract. Estimated future cash flows were discounted at a pre-tax rate 

A
L

of 12.5% (previous valuation 12.5%).

The charges are included within impairment on the face of the Group income statement.

The weighted average remaining amortisation period for management contracts is 22 years (2008 23 years).

14  Investment in associates

The Group holds five investments (2008 five) accounted for as associates. The following table summarises the financial information 
of the associates:

Share of associates’ statement of financial position
Current assets
Non-current assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Net assets

Share of associates’ revenue and profit
Revenue
Net loss

Related party transactions
Revenue from related parties
Amounts owed by related parties

2009
$m

5
65
(9)
(16)
45

31
(1)

4
2

2008
$m

5
65
(20)
(7)
43

30
–

5
2

 
 
86

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Notes to the Group financial statements continued

15  Other financial assets

Non-current
Equity securities available-for-sale
Other

Current
Equity securities available-for-sale
Other

2009
$m

66
64
130

5
–
5

2008
$m

64
88
152

6
4
10

Available-for-sale financial assets, which are included in the Group statement of financial position at fair value, consist of equity
investments in listed and unlisted shares. Of the total amount of equity investments at 31 December 2009, $2m (2008 $2m) were listed
securities and $69m (2008 $68m) unlisted; $39m (2008 $44m) were denominated in US dollars, $14m (2008 $13m) in Hong Kong dollars
and $18m (2008 $13m) in other currencies. Unlisted equity shares are mainly investments in entities that own hotels which the Group
manages. The fair value of unlisted equity shares has been estimated using valuation guidelines issued by the British Venture Capital
Association and is based on assumptions regarding expected future earnings. Listed equity share valuation is based on observable market
prices. Dividend income from available-for-sale equity securities of $7m (2008 $11m) is reported as other operating income and expenses
in the Group income statement.

Other financial assets consist of trade deposits, restricted cash and deferred consideration on asset disposals. These amounts have been
designated as ‘loans and receivables’ and are held at amortised cost. Restricted cash of $47m (2008 $55m) relates to cash held in bank
accounts which is pledged as collateral to insurance companies for risks retained by the Group.

The movement in the provision for impairment of other financial assets during the year is as follows:

At 1 January
Provided:

Operating profit before exceptional items
Exceptional items (note 5)

At 31 December

2009
$m
(11)

–
(14)
(25)

2008
$m
(9)

(2)
–
(11)

The amount provided as an exceptional item relates to an available-for-sale equity investment and arises as a result of a significant and
prolonged decline in its fair value below its cost. In addition, a deposit of $26m has been written off directly to the income statement as an
exceptional item (see note 5) as it is no longer considered recoverable under the terms of the related management contracts which are
deemed onerous.

The provision is used to record impairment losses unless the Group is satisfied that no recovery of the amount is possible; at that point 
the amount considered irrecoverable is either written off directly to the income statement or, if previously provided, against the financial
asset with no impact on the income statement.

16  Inventories

Finished goods
Consumable stores

2009
$m
2
2
4

2008
$m
2
2
4

Notes to the Group financial statements

87

17  Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables
Other receivables
Prepayments

2009
$m
268
27
40
335

Trade and other receivables are designated as ‘loans and receivables’ and are held at amortised cost.

Trade receivables are non-interest-bearing and are generally on payment terms of up to 30 days. The fair value of trade and other
receivables approximates their carrying value.

The maximum exposure to credit risk for trade and other receivables, excluding prepayments, at the end of the reporting period 
by geographic region is:

Americas
Europe, Middle East and Africa
Asia Pacific

The ageing of trade and other receivables, excluding prepayments, at the end of the reporting period is:

Not past due
Past due 1 to 30 days
Past due 31 to 180 days
Past due more than 180 days

Gross
$m
173
70
80
57
380

Provision
$m
(2)
(9)
(19)
(55)
(85)

2009

Net
$m
171
61
61
2
295

Gross
$m
254
61
63
99
477

The movement in the provision for impairment of trade and other receivables during the year is as follows:

At 1 January
Provided
Amounts written off
At 31 December

18  Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand 
Short-term deposits

2009
$m
158
90
47
295

Provision
$m
(13)
(1)
(5)
(91)
(110)

2009
$m
(110)
(34)
59
(85)

2009
$m
23
17
40

Short-term deposits are highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less, in various currencies. 

2008
$m
318
49
45
412

2008
$m
208
109
50
367

2008

Net
$m
241
60
58
8
367

2008
$m
(96)
(28)
14
(110)

2008
$m
32
50
82

G
R
O
U
P
F
I
N
A
N
C

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
L

 
 
88

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Notes to the Group financial statements continued

19  Trade and other payables

Current
Trade payables
Other tax and social security payable
Other payables
Accruals
Derivatives

Non-current
Other payables

2009
$m

99
29
278
262
20
688

408

2008
$m

111
31
322
272
10
746

392

Trade payables are non-interest-bearing and are normally settled within an average of 45 days.

Other payables include $470m (2008 $471m) relating to the future redemption liability of the Group’s loyalty programme, of which $86m
(2008 $96m) is classified as current and $384m (2008 $375m) as non-current. 

Derivatives are held in the Group statement of financial position at fair value. Fair value is estimated using discounted future cash flows
taking into consideration interest and exchange rates prevailing on the last day of the reporting period.

20  Provisions

Onerous management contracts

2009
$m
65

2008
$m
–

The onerous management contracts provision relates to the unavoidable net cash outflows that are expected to be incurred under the
performance guarantee associated with certain management contracts with one US hotel owner (see note 5). As the provision was first
recognised in the income statement at 31 December 2009, there are no other movements to disclose. The provision is expected to be
utilised within 12 months.

21  Loans and other borrowings

Secured bank loans
Finance leases
£250m 6% bonds
Unsecured bank loans
Total borrowings 

Denominated in the following currencies:

Sterling
US dollars
Euro
Other

Current
$m
3
16
–
87
106

–
103
–
3
106

Non-current
$m
5
188
402
421
1,016

402
348
216
50
1,016

2009

Total
$m
8
204
402
508
1,122

402
451
216
53
1,122

Current
$m
5
16
–
–
21

–
16
–
5
21

Non-current
$m
2
186
–
1,146
1,334

152
873
224
85
1,334

2008

Total
$m
7
202
–
1,146
1,355

152
889
224
90
1,355

Secured bank loans
These mortgages are secured on the hotel properties to which they relate. The rates of interest and currencies of these loans vary. 

Non-current amounts include $5m (2008 $nil) repayable by instalments.

Notes to the Group financial statements

89

21  Loans and other borrowings continued

Finance leases 
Finance lease obligations, which relate to the 99-year lease on the InterContinental Boston, are payable as follows:

Less than one year
Between one and five years
More than five years

Less: amount representing finance charges

Minimum
lease
payments
$m
16
64
3,364
3,444
(3,240)
204

2009

Present
value of
payments
$m
16
48
140
204
–
204

Minimum
lease
payments
$m
16
64
3,380
3,460
(3,258)
202

2008

Present
value of
payments
$m
16
48
138
202
–
202

The Group has the option to extend the term of the lease for two additional 20-year terms. Payments under the lease step up at regular
intervals over the lease term.

£250m 6% bonds
The 6% fixed interest sterling bonds were issued on 9 December 2009 and are repayable in full on 9 December 2016. Interest is payable
annually on 9 December in each year commencing 9 December 2010 to the maturity date. The bonds were initially priced at 99.465% of
face value and are unsecured. Currency swaps were transacted at the same time the bonds were issued in order to swap the proceeds 
and interest flows into US dollars. Under the terms of the swaps, $415m was borrowed and £250m deposited for seven years at a fixed
exchange rate of 1.66.

Unsecured bank loans
Unsecured bank loans are borrowings under the Group’s Syndicated Facility and its short-term bilateral loan facilities. Amounts are
classified as non-current when the facilities have more than 12 months to expiry. These facilities contain financial covenants and, as at 
the end of the reporting period, the Group was not in breach of these covenants, nor had any breaches or defaults occurred during the year.
In the second quarter of 2008, the Group successfully refinanced $2.1bn of long-term debt facilities. At 31 December 2009, this syndicated
bank facility consists of two tranches; a $1.6bn five-year revolving credit facility and an $85m term loan with a 30-month maturity. In
December 2009, the Group repaid $415m of the term loan with proceeds from the bond issue.

Facilities provided by banks
Committed
Uncommitted

Unutilised facilities expire:

Within one year
After two but before five years

Utilised
$m
519
3
522

Unutilised
$m
1,174
22
1,196

2009

Total
$m
1,693
25
1,718

Utilised
$m
1,161
–
1,161

Unutilised
$m
946
25
971

2009
$m

22
1,174
1,196

2008

Total
$m
2,107
25
2,132

2008
$m

25
946
971

Utilised facilities are calculated based on actual drawings and may not agree to the carrying value of loans held at amortised cost.

22  Financial risk management policies

Overview
The Group’s treasury policy is to manage financial risks that 
arise in relation to underlying business needs. The activities 
of the treasury function are carried out in accordance with Board
approved policies and are subject to regular audit. The treasury
function does not operate as a profit centre. 

The treasury function seeks to reduce the financial risk of the
Group and manages liquidity to meet all foreseeable cash needs.
Treasury activities include money market investments, spot 
and forward foreign exchange instruments, currency options,
currency swaps, interest rate swaps and options and forward 
rate agreements. One of the primary objectives of the Group’s
treasury risk management policy is to mitigate the adverse impact
of movements in interest rates and foreign exchange rates. 

Market risk exposure
The US dollar is the predominant currency of the Group’s revenue
and cash flows. Movements in foreign exchange rates can affect 
the Group’s reported profit, net assets and interest cover. To hedge
translation exposure, wherever possible, the Group matches the
currency of its debt (either directly or via derivatives) to the
currency of its net assets, whilst maximising the amount of US
dollars borrowed to reflect the predominant trading currency. 

Foreign exchange transaction exposure is managed by the forward
purchase or sale of foreign currencies or the use of currency
options. Most significant exposures of the Group are in currencies
that are freely convertible.

G
R
O
U
P
F
I
N
A
N
C

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
L

 
 
90

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Notes to the Group financial statements continued

22  Financial risk management policies continued

A general strengthening of the US dollar (specifically a five cent 
fall in the sterling:US dollar rate) would increase the Group’s profit
before tax by an estimated $1.6m (2008 $4.0m) and increase net
assets by an estimated $4.1m (2008 decrease of $1.1m). Similarly,
a five cent fall in the euro:US dollar rate would reduce the Group’s
profit before tax by an estimated $0.7m (2008 $2.0m) and decrease
net assets by an estimated $4.5m (2008 $4.3m).

Interest rate exposure is managed within parameters that stipulate
that fixed rate borrowings should normally account for no less 
than 25% and no more than 75% of net borrowings for each major
currency. This is achieved through the use of interest rate swaps
and options and forward rate agreements. 

Based on the year-end net debt position and given the underlying
maturity profile of investments, borrowings and hedging instruments
at that date, a one percentage point rise in US dollar interest rates
would increase the annual net interest charge by approximately
$0.8m (2008 $4.7m). A similar rise in euro and sterling interest rates
would increase the annual net interest charge by approximately
$1.1m (2008 $1.2m) and $nil (2008 $0.9m) respectively.

Liquidity risk exposure
The treasury function ensures that the Group has access to
sufficient funds to allow the implementation of the strategy set 
by the Board. At the year end, the Group had access to $1,174m of
undrawn committed facilities. Medium and long-term borrowing
requirements are met through the $1,685m Syndicated Facility of
which $85m expires in November 2010 and $1.6bn expires in May
2013 and through the £250m 6% bonds that are repayable on
9 December 2016. Short-term borrowing requirements are met
from drawings under bilateral bank facilities. 

The Syndicated Facility contains two financial covenants: interest
cover and net debt divided by earnings before interest, tax,
depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA). Net debt is calculated 
as total borrowings less cash and cash equivalents. The Group 
is in compliance with all of the financial covenants in its loan
documents, none of which is expected to present a material
restriction on funding in the near future. 

At the year end, the Group had surplus cash of $40m which is 
held in short-term deposits and cash funds which allow daily
withdrawals of cash. Most of the Group’s surplus funds are held 
in the UK or US and there are no material funds where repatriation
is restricted as a result of foreign exchange regulations. 

Credit risk exposure
Credit risk on treasury transactions is minimised by operating a
policy on the investment of surplus cash that generally restricts
counterparties to those with an A credit rating or better or those
providing adequate security. 

Notwithstanding that counterparties must have an A credit rating
or better, during periods of significant financial market turmoil,
counterparty exposure limits are significantly reduced and
counterparty credit exposure reviews are broadened to include 
the relative placing of credit default swap pricings.

The Group trades only with recognised, creditworthy third parties. 
It is the Group’s policy that all customers who wish to trade on
credit terms are subject to credit verification procedures. 

In respect of credit risk arising from financial assets, the Group’s
exposure to credit risk arises from default of the counterparty, 
with a maximum exposure equal to the carrying amount of 
these instruments.

Capital risk management
The Group manages its capital to ensure that it will be able to continue
as a going concern. The capital structure consists of net debt, issued
share capital and reserves. The structure is managed to minimise the
Group’s cost of capital, to provide ongoing returns to shareholders and
to service debt obligations, whilst maintaining maximum operational
flexibility. Surplus cash is either reinvested in the business, used to
repay debt or returned to shareholders. The Group maintains a
conservative level of debt. The level of debt is monitored on the basis 
of a cash flow leverage ratio, which is net debt divided by EBITDA. 

Hedging
Interest rate risk 
The Group hedges its interest rate risk by taking out interest rate
swaps to fix the interest flows on between 25% and 75% of its net
borrowings in major currencies. At 31 December 2009, the Group
held interest rate swaps (swapping floating for fixed) with notional
principals of USD250m and EUR75m (2008 USD250m, GBP75m
and EUR75m). The Group did not hold any forward-starting interest
rate swaps at 31 December 2009 (2008 interest rate swaps with
notional principals of USD100m, GBP75m and EUR75m). The
interest rate swaps are designated as cash flow hedges of
borrowings under the Syndicated Facility and they are held in the
Group statement of financial position at fair value in other financial
assets and other payables.

Changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges are recognised in the
unrealised gains and losses reserve to the extent that the hedges
are effective. When the hedged item is recognised, the cumulative
gains and losses on the hedging instrument are recycled to the
income statement. No ineffectiveness was recognised during the
current or prior year.

Foreign currency risk 
The Group is exposed to foreign currency risk on income streams
denominated in foreign currencies. When appropriate, the Group
hedges a portion of forecast foreign currency income by taking 
out forward exchange contracts. The designated risk is the spot
foreign exchange risk. Forward contracts are held at fair value in
the Group statement of financial position as other financial assets
and other payables. 

Hedge of net investment in foreign operations 
The Group designates its foreign currency bank borrowings and
currency derivatives as net investment hedges of foreign operations.
The designated risk is the spot foreign exchange risk for loans and
short-dated derivatives and the forward risk for the seven-year
currency swaps. The interest on these financial instruments is taken
through financial income or expense except for the seven-year
currency swaps where interest is taken to the currency translation
reserve. The derivatives are held in the Group statement of financial
position at fair value in other financial assets and other payables. 

Hedge effectiveness is measured at calendar quarter ends. Variations
in fair value due to changes in the underlying exchange rates are
taken to the currency translation reserve until an operation is sold, 
at which point the cumulative currency gains and losses are recycled
against the gain or loss on sale. No ineffectiveness was recognised 
on net investment hedges during the current or prior year.

At 31 December 2009, the Group held currency swaps with a
principal of $415m (2008 $nil) and a fair value of $13m liability
(2008 $nil). The maximum amount of foreign exchange derivatives
held during the year as net investment hedges and measured at
calendar quarter ends had a principal of $415m (2008 $70m) and 
a fair value of $13m liability (2008 $4m liability).

Notes to the Group financial statements

91

23  Financial instruments

Liquidity risk
The following are the undiscounted contractual cash flows of financial liabilities, including interest payments: 

31 December 2009 
Non-derivative financial liabilities:

Secured bank loans
£250m 6% bonds
Finance lease obligations
Unsecured bank loans
Trade and other payables
Provisions

Derivative financial liabilities:

Interest rate swaps
Currency swaps – outflows

– inflows

31 December 2008 
Non-derivative financial liabilities:

Secured bank loans 
Finance lease obligations
Unsecured bank loans
Trade and other payables
Derivative financial liabilities:

Interest rate swaps

Less than 
1 year
$m

Between 1 and
2 years
$m

Between 2 and
5 years
$m

More than
5 years
$m

3
24
16
512
668
65

7
26
(24)

1
24
16
–
102
–

4
26
(24)

5
73
48
–
120
–

1
77
(73)

–
453
3,364
–
302
–

–
467
(453)

Less than 
1 year
$m

Between 1 and
2 years
$m

Between 2 and
5 years
$m

More than
5 years
$m

2
16
1,156
737

6

8
16
–
101

4

–
48
–
113

3

–
3,380
–
277

–

Total
$m

9
574
3,444
512
1,192
65

12
596
(574)

Total
$m

10
3,460
1,156
1,228

13

Cash flows relating to unsecured bank loans are classified according to the maturity date of the loan drawdown rather than the facility
maturity date. 

Interest rate swaps are expected to affect profit or loss in the same periods that the cash flows are expected to occur.

G
R
O
U
P
F
I
N
A
N
C

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Fair values
The table below compares carrying amounts and fair values of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities. 

A
L

Financial assets
Equity securities available-for-sale* 
Loans and receivables:

Cash and cash equivalents
Other financial assets
Trade and other receivables, excluding prepayments

Financial liabilities
£250m 6% bonds
Finance lease obligations
Other borrowings
Trade and other payables, excluding derivatives
Derivatives*
Provisions

* Financial assets and liabilities which are measured at fair value.

Carrying
value
$m

Note

15

18

15

17

21

21

21

19

19

20

71

40
64
295

(402)
(204)
(516)
(1,076)
(20)
(65)

2009

Fair value
$m

71

40
64
295

(402)
(206)
(516)
(1,076)
(20)
(65)

Carrying
value
$m

70

82
92
367

–
(202)
(1,153)
(1,128)
(10)
–

2008

Fair value
$m

70

82
92
367

–
(168)
(1,153)
(1,128)
(10)
–

 
 
92

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Notes to the Group financial statements continued

23  Financial instruments continued

The fair value of cash and cash equivalents approximates book value due to the short maturity of the investments and deposits. Equity
securities available-for-sale and derivatives are held in the Group statement of financial position at fair value as set out in note 15. The fair
value of other financial assets approximates book value based on prevailing market rates. The fair value of borrowings, excluding finance
lease obligations and the fixed rate £250m 6% bonds, approximates book value as interest rates reset to market rates on a frequent basis.
The fair value of the £250m 6% bonds is based on the quoted market price. The fair value of the finance lease obligation is calculated by
discounting future cash flows at prevailing interest rates. The fair value of trade and other receivables, trade and other payables and
current provisions approximates to their carrying value, including the future redemption liability of the Group’s loyalty programme.

Fair value hierarchy
The Group uses the following valuation hierarchy to determine the carrying value of financial instruments that are measured at fair value:

Level 1: quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: other techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly or

indirectly.

Level 3: techniques which use inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable market data.

Assets
Equity securities available-for-sale

Liabilities
Derivatives

Level 1
$m

Level 2
$m

Level 3
$m

2

–

69

Level 1
$m

Level 2
$m

Level 3
$m

2009

Total
$m

71

2009

Total
$m

Level 1
$m

Level 2
$m

Level 3
$m

2

–

68

Level 1
$m

Level 2
$m

Level 3
$m

2008

Total
$m

70

2008

Total
$m

–

(20)

–

(20)

–

(10)

–

(10)

There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements during the year and no transfers into and out of Level 3.

The following table reconciles movements in instruments classified as Level 3 during the year:

Balance at 1 January 2009
Valuation gains recognised in other comprehensive income
Impairment*
Balance at 31 December 2009

2009
$m
68
11
(10)
69

* The impairment charge recognised in the income statement (see note 5) also includes $4m of losses reclassified from equity.

The Level 3 equity securities relate to investments in unlisted shares which are valued by applying an average price-earnings (P/E) ratio for
a competitor group to the earnings generated by the investment. A 10% increase in the average P/E ratio would result in a $5m increase in
the fair value of the investments and a 10% decrease in the average P/E ratio would result in a $5m decrease in the fair value of the
investments.

Credit risk
The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum exposure to credit risk. 

Equity securities available-for-sale
Loans and receivables:

Cash and cash equivalents
Other financial assets 
Trade and other receivables, excluding prepayments 

2009
$m
71

40
64
295
470

2008
$m
70

82
92
367
611

24  Net debt

Cash and cash equivalents
Loans and other borrowings – current

– non-current

Net debt

Movement in net debt
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
Add back cash flows in respect of other components of net debt:

Issue of £250m 6% bonds
Decrease in other borrowings

Decrease in net debt arising from cash flows
Non-cash movements:
Finance lease liability
Exchange and other adjustments

Decrease in net debt
Net debt at beginning of the year
Net debt at end of the year

25  Retirement benefits

Notes to the Group financial statements

93

2009
$m
40
(106)
(1,016)
(1,082)

(44)

(411)
660
205

(2)
(12)
191
(1,273)
(1,082)

2008
$m
82
(21)
(1,334)
(1,273)

25

–
316
341

(2)
47
386
(1,659)
(1,273)

Retirement and death in service benefits are provided for eligible Group employees in the UK principally by the InterContinental Hotels 
UK Pension Plan. The plan, which is funded and HM Revenue & Customs registered, covers approximately 460 (2008 460) employees, 
of which 150 (2008 170) are in the defined benefit section which provides pensions based on final salaries and 310 (2008 290) are in the
defined contribution section. The defined benefit section of the plan closed to new entrants during 2002 with new members provided with
defined contribution arrangements. The assets of the plan are held in self-administered trust funds separate from the Group’s assets. 
In addition, there are unfunded UK pension arrangements for certain members affected by the lifetime allowance. The Group also
maintains the following US-based defined benefit plans; the funded InterContinental Hotels Pension Plan, unfunded InterContinental
Hotels non-qualified pension plans and post-employment benefits schemes. These plans are now closed to new members. The Group 
also operates a number of minor pension schemes outside the UK, the most significant of which is a defined contribution scheme in 
the US; there is no material difference between the pension costs of, and contributions to, these schemes.

In respect of the defined benefit plans, the amounts recognised in the Group income statement, in administrative expenses, are:

Current service cost
Interest cost on benefit obligation
Expected return on plan assets
Operating profit before exceptional items
Exceptional items

2009
$m
7 
22 
(21) 
8
11
19

UK

2008
$m
9
30
(32)
7
–
7

Pension plans

US and other

Post-employment
benefits

2009
$m
1
10
(8) 
3
–
3

2008
$m
1
10
(11)
–
–
–

2009
$m
–
1
–
1 
–
1

2008
$m
–
1
–
1
–
1

2009
$m
8 
33 
(29) 
12
11
23

Total

2008
$m
10
41
(43)
8
–
8

On 23 January 2009, approval was given for the payment of enhanced pension transfers to those deferred members of the InterContinental
Hotels UK Pension Plan who had accepted an offer to receive the enhancement either as a cash lump sum or as an additional transfer
value to an alternative pension provider. The payments, comprising lump sum amounts of £5.9m and additional contributions of £4.3m,
were made by the Group in the first quarter of 2009. The transfer values subsequently paid by the plan were £45m and the corresponding
IAS 19 liability extinguished was £38m. The settlement loss arising of £7m (being the $11m exceptional items above), together with the
lump sum payment and costs of arrangement, has been charged to the Group income statement as an exceptional item (see note 5).

G
R
O
U
P
F
I
N
A
N
C

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
L

 
 
94

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Notes to the Group financial statements continued

25  Retirement benefits continued

The amounts recognised in the Group statement of comprehensive income are:

Actual return on plan assets
Less: expected return on plan assets

Other actuarial (losses)/gains
Total actuarial (losses)/gains
Asset restriction*

2009
$m
7
(21)
(14)
(44)
(58)
21
(37)

UK

2008
$m
(25)
(32)
(57)
55
(2)
(14)
(16)

Pension plans

US and other

Post-employment
benefits

2009
$m
22
(8)
14
(13)
1
–
1

2008
$m
(27)
(11)
(38)
3
(35)
–
(35)

2009
$m
–
–
–
(1)
(1)
–
(1)

2008
$m
–
–
–
1
1
–
1

* Relates to tax that would be deducted at source in respect of a refund of the surplus.

The assets and liabilities of the schemes and the amounts recognised in the Group statement of financial position are:

Schemes in surplus
Fair value of plan assets
Present value of benefit obligations
Surplus in schemes
Asset restriction*
Retirement benefit assets

Schemes in deficit
Fair value of plan assets
Present value of benefit obligations
Retirement benefit obligations
Total fair value of plan assets
Total present value of benefit obligations

2009
$m

426
(414)
12
(4)
8

–
(47)
(47)
426
(461)

UK

2008
$m

437
(377)
60
(23)
37

–
(34)
(34)
437
(411)

Pension plans

US and other

2009
$m

16
(12)
4
–
4

110
(185)
(75)
126
(197)

2008
$m

16
(13)
3
–
3

96
(172)
(76)
112
(185)

Post-employment
benefits

2009
$m

2008
$m

–
–
–
–
–

–
(20)
(20)
–
(20)

–
–
–
–
–

–
(19)
(19)
–
(19)

2009
$m
29
(29)
–
(58)
(58)
21
(37)

2009
$m

442
(426)
16
(4)
12

110
(252)
(142)
552
(678)

Total

2008
$m
(52)
(43)
(95)
59
(36)
(14)
(50)

Total

2008
$m

453
(390)
63
(23)
40

96
(225)
(129)
549
(615)

* Relates to tax that would be deducted at source in respect of a refund of the surplus.

The ‘US and other’ surplus of $4m (2008 $3m) relates to a defined benefit pension scheme in Hong Kong. Included within the ‘US 
and other’ deficit is $1m (2008 $1m) relating to a defined benefit pension plan in the Netherlands.

Notes to the Group financial statements

95

25  Retirement benefits continued

Assumptions
The principal financial assumptions used by the actuaries to determine the benefit obligation are:

Wages and salaries increases
Pensions increases
Discount rate
Inflation rate
Healthcare cost trend rate assumed for next year
Ultimate rate that the cost trend rate trends to

2009
%
5.1
3.6
5.7
3.6

UK

2008
%
4.5
3.0
5.6
3.0

Pension plans

US

2008
%
–
–
6.2
–

2009
%
–
–
5.7
–

Post-employment
benefits

2009
%
4.0
–
5.7
–
9.0
5.0

2008
%
4.0
–
6.2
–
9.5
5.0

Mortality is the most significant demographic assumption. In respect of the UK plans, the specific mortality rates used are in line with 
the PA92 medium cohort tables, with age rated down by one year, implying the following life expectancies at retirement. In the US, 
life expectancy is determined by reference to the RP-2000 healthy tables.

Current pensioners at 65a – male

Future pensioners at 65b – male

– female

– female

2009
Years
23
26
24
27

UK

2008
Years
23
26
24
27

Pension plans

US

2008
Years
18
20
18
20

2009
Years
18
21
18
21

a Relates to assumptions based on longevity (in years) following retirement at the end of the reporting period.

b Relates to assumptions based on longevity (in years) relating to an employee retiring in 2029.

The assumptions allow for expected increases in longevity.

Sensitivities
The value of plan assets is sensitive to market conditions, particularly equity values. Changes in assumptions used for determining
retirement benefit costs and obligations may have a material impact on the income statement and the statement of financial position. 
The main assumptions are the discount rate, the rate of inflation and the assumed mortality rate. The following table provides an estimate
of the potential impact of each of these variables on the principal pension plans.

G
R
O
U
P
F
I
N
A
N
C

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

Discount rate – 0.25% decrease
– 0.25% increase
Inflation rate – 0.25% increase
– 0.25% decrease

Mortality rate – one year increase

A
L

Higher/(lower)
pension cost
$m
0.6
(0.5)
1.6
(1.3)
0.8

UK

Increase/
(decrease)
in liabilities
$m
23.3
(22.2)
20.7
(19.8)
9.2

Higher/(lower)
pension cost
$m
–
–
–
–
–

US

Increase/
(decrease)
in liabilities
$m
5.2
(5.0)
–
–
6.6

In 2018, the healthcare cost trend rate reaches the assumed ultimate rate. A one percentage point increase/(decrease) in assumed
healthcare costs trend rate would increase/(decrease) the accumulated post-employment benefit obligations as of 31 December 2009 
by approximately $1.6m (2008 $1.7m) and would increase/(decrease) the total of the service and interest cost components of net post-
employment healthcare cost for the period then ended by approximately $0.1m (2008 $0.1m). 

 
 
96

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Notes to the Group financial statements continued

25  Retirement benefits continued

Movement in benefit obligation
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
Current service cost
Members’ contributions
Interest expense
Benefits paid
Enhanced pension transfer
Reclassification*
Actuarial loss/(gain) arising in the year
Exchange adjustments
Benefit obligation at end of year
Comprising:

Funded plans
Unfunded plans

2009
$m
411
7
1
22
(12)
(59)
–
44
47
461

414
47
461

UK

2008
$m
597
9
1
30
(12)
–
–
(55)
(159)
411

377
34
411

Pension plans

US and other

Post-employment
benefits

2009
$m
185
1
–
10
(13)
–
–
13
1
197

151
46
197

2008
$m
184
1
–
10
(12)
–
5
(3)
–
185

141
44
185

2009
$m
19
–
–
1
(1)
–
–
1
–
20

–
20
20

2008
$m
20
–
–
1
(1)
–
–
(1)
–
19

–
19
19

* Relates to the recognition of the gross assets and obligations of the Netherlands pension scheme.

Movement in plan assets
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
Company contributions
Members’ contributions
Benefits paid
Enhanced pension transfer
Reclassification*
Expected return on plan assets
Actuarial (loss)/gain arising in the year
Exchange adjustments
Fair value of plan assets at end of year

2009
$m
437
16
1
(12)
(70)
–
21
(14)
47
426

UK

2008
$m
611
30
1
(12)
–
–
32
(57)
(168)
437

Pension plans

US and other

Post-employment
benefits

2009
$m
112
4
–
(13)
–
–
8
14
1
126

2008
$m
144
3
–
(12)
–
4
11
(38)
–
112

2009
$m
–
1
–
(1)
–
–
–
–
–
–

2008
$m
–
1
–
(1)
–
–
–
–
–
–

2009
$m
615
8
1
33
(26)
(59)
–
58
48
678

565
113
678

2009
$m
549
21
1
(26)
(70)
–
29
–
48
552

Total

2008
$m
801
10
1
41
(25)
–
5
(59)
(159)
615

518
97
615

Total

2008
$m
755
34
1
(25)
–
4
43
(95)
(168)
549

* Relates to the recognition of the gross assets and obligations of the Netherlands pension scheme.

The most recent actuarial valuation of the InterContinental Hotels UK Pension Plan was carried out as at 31 March 2006 and showed a
deficit of £81m on a funding basis. Under the recovery plan agreed with the trustees at that time, the Group aims to eliminate this deficit 
by March 2014 through additional Company contributions and projected investment returns. Of the agreed contributions of £40m, three
payments of £10m were made in prior years and the final commitment of £10m was met through the funding of the enhanced pension
transfer arrangements detailed above. The next actuarial valuation due as at 31 March 2009 is currently in progress. 

Company contributions are expected to be $13m in 2010.

Notes to the Group financial statements

97

25  Retirement benefits continued

The combined assets of the principal plans and expected rate of return are:

UK pension plans
Liability matching investment funds
Equities
Bonds
Cash
Other
Total market value of assets

US pension plans
Equities
Fixed income
Total market value of assets

Long-term
rate of return
expected
%

4.8
9.2
4.8
4.8
9.2

9.5
5.5

2009

Value
$m

196
77
64
55
34
426

63
42
105

Long-term
rate of return
expected
%

3.9
7.9
3.9
3.9
7.9

9.5
5.5

The expected rate of return on assets has been determined following advice from the plans’ independent actuaries and is based 
on the expected return on each asset class together with consideration of the long-term asset strategy. 

History of experience gains and losses
UK pension plans
Fair value of plan assets
Present value of benefit obligations
(Deficit)/surplus in the plans
Experience adjustments arising on plan liabilities
Experience adjustments arising on plan assets

US and other pension plans
Fair value of plan assets
Present value of benefit obligations
Deficit in the plans
Experience adjustments arising on plan liabilities
Experience adjustments arising on plan assets

US post-employment benefits
Present value of benefit obligations
Experience adjustments arising on plan liabilities

2009
$m

426
(461)
(35)
(44)
(14)

126
(197)
(71)
(13)
14

(20)
(1)

2008
$m

437
(411)
26
55
(57)

112
(185)
(73)
3
(38)

(19)
1

2007
$m

611
(597)
14
31
(6)

144
(184)
(40)
–
–

(20)
–

2006
$m

527
(585)
(58)
(22)
13

111
(175)
(64)
–
4

(19)
1

2008

Value
$m

192
87
140
4
14
437

55
37
92

2005
$m

431
(473)
(42)
(122)
86

106
(176)
(70)
(5)
(2)

(20)
1

The cumulative amount of net actuarial losses recognised since 1 January 2004 in the Group statement of comprehensive income is $208m
(2008 $150m). The Group is unable to determine how much of the pension scheme deficit recognised on transition to IFRS of $298m and
taken directly to total equity is attributable to actuarial gains and losses since inception of the schemes. Therefore, the Group is unable to
determine the amount of actuarial gains and losses that would have been recognised in the Group statement of comprehensive income
before 1 January 2004.

G
R
O
U
P
F
I
N
A
N
C

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
L

 
 
98

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Notes to the Group financial statements continued

26  Deferred tax 

At 1 January 2008
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of changes in equity
Exchange and other adjustments
At 31 December 2008
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of changes in equity
Exchange and other adjustments
At 31 December 2009

Analysed as:

Deferred tax receivable
Deferred tax payable
Liabilities classified as held for sale

At 31 December 

Property,
plant and
equipment
$m
248
(7)
–
–
(15)
226
(43)
–
–
6
189

Deferred 
gains on
loan notes
$m
175
–
–
–
(33)
142
–
–
–
9
151

Losses
$m
(190)
13
–
–
36
(141)
6
–
–
(11)
(146)

Employee
benefits
$m
(32)
18
(21)
–
2
(33)
(1)
(1)
–
–
(35)

Intangible
assets
$m
42
(8)
–
–
(6)
28
1
–
–
2
31

Other
short-term
temporary
differences
$m
(89)
(8)
–
2
(6)
(101)
(59)
–
(6)
(1)
(167)

2009
$m

(95)
118
–
23

Total
$m
154
8
(21)
2
(22)
121
(96)
(1)
(6)
5
23

2008
$m

–
117
4
121

Deferred gains on loan notes includes $55m (2008 $55m) which is expected to fall due for payment in 2011.

The deferred tax asset of $146m (2008 $141m) recognised in respect of losses includes $97m (2008 $87m) in respect of capital losses
available to be utilised against the realisation of capital gains which are recognised as a deferred tax liability and $49m (2008 $54m) 
in respect of revenue tax losses.

Tax losses with a net tax value of $517m (2008 $553m), including capital losses with a value of $196m (2008 $160m), have not been recognised.
These losses may be carried forward indefinitely with the exception of $1m which expires after 15 years, $1m which expires after nine
years and $14m which expires after seven years (2008 $1m which expires after three years). Deferred tax assets with a net tax value of 
$9m (2008 $4m) in respect of share-based payments, $13m (2008 $13m) in respect of employee benefits and $7m (2008 $8m) in respect 
of other items have not been recognised. These losses and other deferred tax assets have not been recognised as the Group does not
anticipate being able to offset these against future profits or gains in order to realise any economic benefit in the foreseeable future.
However, future benefits may arise depending on future profits arising or on the outcome of EU case law and legislative developments.

At 31 December 2009, the Group has not provided deferred tax in relation to temporary differences associated with post-acquisition
undistributed earnings of subsidiaries as the Group is in a position to control the timing of reversal of these temporary differences and it is
probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Following introduction of a UK dividend exemption regime, the tax which would
arise upon reversal of the temporary differences is not expected to exceed $20m.

Other short-term temporary differences relate primarily to provisions and accruals and share-based payments.

Notes to the Group financial statements

99

Sharesave Plan 
The Sharesave Plan is a savings plan whereby employees
contract to save a fixed amount each month with a savings
institution for three or five years. At the end of the savings term,
employees are given the option to purchase shares at a price 
set before savings began. The Sharesave Plan is available to 
all UK employees (including Executive Directors) employed by
participating Group companies provided that they have been
employed for at least one year. The plan provides for the grant of
options to subscribe for ordinary shares at the higher of nominal
value and not less than 80% of the middle market quotations of
the ordinary shares on the three dealing days immediately
preceding the invitation date. The plan was not operated during
2009 and no options were granted in the year under the plan. All
options outstanding at 31 December 2008 were either exercised
or lapsed in 2009.

US Employee Stock Purchase Plan 
The US Employee Stock Purchase Plan will allow eligible
employees resident in the US an opportunity to acquire Company
American Depositary Shares (ADSs) on advantageous terms. 
The option to purchase ADSs may be offered only to employees 
of designated subsidiary companies. The option price may not be
less than the lesser of either 85% of the fair market value of an
ADS on the date of grant or 85% of the fair market value of an
ADS on the date of exercise. Options granted under the plan must
generally be exercised within 27 months from the date of grant.
The plan was not operated during 2009 and at 31 December 2009
no options had been granted under the plan. 

Former Six Continents Share Schemes 
Under the terms of the separation of Six Continents PLC in 2003,
holders of options under the Six Continents Executive Share
Option Schemes were given the opportunity to exchange their 
Six Continents PLC options for equivalent value new options over
IHG shares. As a result of this exchange, 23,195,482 shares were
put under option at prices ranging from 308.5p to 593.3p. The
exchanged options were immediately exercisable and are not
subject to performance conditions. During 2009, 380,457 (2008
159,254) such options were exercised and 43,088 shares lapsed
(2008 113,024), leaving a total of 2,001,060 (2008 2,424,605) such
options outstanding at prices ranging from 308.5p to 434.2p. The
latest date that any options may be exercised is 3 October 2012. 

27  Share-based payments

Annual Bonus Plan 
The IHG Annual Bonus Plan enables eligible employees, including
Executive Directors, to receive all or part of their bonus in the
form of shares together with, in certain cases, a matching award
of free shares of up to half the deferred amount. The bonus and
any matching shares awarded are released on the third anniversary
of the award date. The bonuses in 2006 and 2007 were eligible 
for matching shares, all of which will be released on the third
anniversary of the award date. In 2006 and 2007, participants
could defer up to 100% of the total annual bonus, with the
deferred amount being accounted for as a share-based payment.
Under the terms of the 2008 and 2009 plans, a fixed percentage of
the bonus is awarded in the form of shares with no voluntary
deferral and no matching shares. The awards in all of the plans
are conditional on the participants remaining in the employment
of a participating company or leaving for a qualifying reason as
per the plan rules. Participation in the Annual Bonus Plan is at
the discretion of the Remuneration Committee. The number of
shares is calculated by dividing a specific percentage of the
participant’s annual performance-related bonus by the middle
market quoted prices on the three consecutive dealing days
immediately preceding the date of grant. A number of executives
participated in the plan during the year and conditional rights
over 1,058,734 (2008 661,657) shares were awarded to
participants. This number includes 228,000 shares awarded 
as part of recruitment terms or for one-off individual
performance-related awards.

Long Term Incentive Plan 
The Long Term Incentive Plan allows Executive Directors and
eligible employees to receive share awards, subject to the
satisfaction of performance conditions, set by the Remuneration
Committee, which are normally measured over a three-year
period. Awards are normally made annually and, except in
exceptional circumstances, will not exceed three times salary 
for Executive Directors and four times salary in the case of other
eligible employees. During the year, conditional rights over
5,754,548 (2008 5,060,509) shares were awarded to employees
under the plan. The plan provides for the grant of ‘nil cost options’ 
to participants as an alternative to conditional share awards.

Executive Share Option Plan 
For options granted, the option price is not less than the market
value of an ordinary share, or the nominal value if higher. The
market value is the quoted price on the business day preceding
the date of grant, or the average of the middle market quoted
prices on the three consecutive dealing days immediately
preceding the date of grant. A performance condition has to be
met before options can be exercised. The performance condition
is set by the Remuneration Committee. The plan was not
operated during 2009 and no options were granted in the year
under the plan. The latest date that any options may be exercised
is 4 April 2015.

G
R
O
U
P
F
I
N
A
N
C

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
L

 
 
100

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Notes to the Group financial statements continued

27  Share-based payments continued

The Group recognised a cost of $22m (2008 $47m) in operating profit and $2m (2008 $2m) within exceptional administrative expenses
related to equity-settled share-based payment transactions during the year.

The aggregate consideration in respect of ordinary shares issued under option schemes during the year was $11m (2008 $2m).

The following table sets forth awards and options granted during 2009. No awards were granted under the Executive Share Option Plan,
Sharesave Plan or US Employee Stock Purchase Plan during the year.

Number of shares awarded in 2009

Annual Bonus
Plan
1,058,734

Long Term
Incentive Plan
5,754,548

In 2009 and 2008, the Group used separate option pricing models and assumptions for each plan. The following tables set forth information
about how the fair value of each option grant is calculated:

2009
Valuation model

Weighted average share price
Expected dividend yield
Risk-free interest rate
Volatility*
Term (years)

2008
Valuation model

Weighted average share price
Expected dividend yield
Risk-free interest rate
Volatility*
Term (years)

Annual Bonus 
Plan

Binomial

454.0p
4.89%

3.0

Annual Bonus 
Plan

Binomial

836.0p
3.33%

3.0

Long Term
Incentive Plan

Monte Carlo
Simulation and 
Binomial
612.0p
5.26%
2.11%
43%
3.0

Long Term
Incentive Plan

Monte Carlo
Simulation and
Binomial
865.0p
2.76%
4.78%
30%
3.0

* The expected volatility was determined by calculating the historical volatility of the Company’s share price corresponding to the expected life of the share award.

27  Share-based payments continued

Movements in the awards and options outstanding under the schemes are as follows:

Outstanding at 1 January 2008
Granted
Vested
Lapsed or cancelled
Outstanding at 31 December 2008
Granted
Vested
Lapsed or cancelled
Outstanding at 31 December 2009

Fair value of awards granted during the year
2009
2008

Weighted average remaining contract life (years)
At 31 December 2009
At 31 December 2008

Notes to the Group financial statements

101

Annual Bonus 
Plan
Number of shares
thousands
1,104
662
(472)
(5)
1,289
1,059
(434)
(60)
1,854

735.6¢
1,436.0¢

1.3
1.6

Long Term
Incentive Plan
Number of shares
thousands
11,463
5,061
(2,752)
(2,619)
11,153
5,755
(3,124)
(1,518)
12,266

414.1¢
870.4¢

1.3
1.2

G
R
O
U
P
F
I
N
A
N
C

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
L

The above awards do not vest until the performance and service conditions have been met.

Outstanding at 1 January 2008
Exercised
Lapsed or cancelled
Outstanding at 31 December 2008
Exercised
Lapsed or cancelled
Outstanding at 31 December 2009

Options exercisable
At 31 December 2009
At 31 December 2008

Sharesave Plan

Executive Share Option Plan

Number 
of shares
thousands
57
(3)
(5)
49
(48)
(1)
–

Range of 
option prices
pence
420.5
420.5
420.5
420.5
420.5
420.5
–

Weighted
average
option price
pence
420.5
420.5
420.5
420.5
420.5
420.5
–

Number 
of shares
thousands
8,194
(353)
(206)
7,635
(1,518)
(247)
5,870

Range of 
option prices
pence
308.5-619.8
434.2-619.8
349.1-593.2
308.5-619.8
308.5-619.8
438.0-619.8
308.5-619.8

Weighted
average
option price
pence
487.4
543.6
431.3
486.3
496.2
509.9
482.8

–
–

–
–

–
–

5,870
7,635

308.5-619.8
308.5-619.8

482.8
486.3

Included within the options outstanding under the Executive Share Option Plan are options over 2,001,060 (2008 2,424,605, 2007 2,696,883) shares that have not been
recognised in accordance with IFRS 2 as the options were granted on or before 7 November 2002. These options, relating to former Six Continents share schemes,
have not been subsequently modified and therefore do not need to be accounted for in accordance with IFRS 2.

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for share options vested during the year was 571.0p. The closing share price 
on 31 December 2009 was 893.0p and the range during the year was 446.0p to 903.5p per share.

Summarised information about options outstanding at 31 December 2009 under the share option schemes is as follows:

Range of exercise prices (pence)
Executive Share Option Plan
308.5 to 349.1
422.8 to 494.2
619.8

Options outstanding and exercisable

Weighted
average
remaining
contract life
years

0.3
3.3
5.3
3.5

Weighted
average
option price
pence

347.3
459.9
619.8
482.8

Number
outstanding
thousands

268
4,574
1,028
5,870

 
 
102

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Notes to the Group financial statements continued

28  Issued share capital and reserves

Equity share capital
At 30 September 2009, the authorised share capital was £160,050,000, comprising 1,175,000,000 ordinary shares of 13 29⁄47p each and one
redeemable preference share of £50,000. As a result of the resolution passed at the Annual General Meeting on 29 May 2009 amending the
Articles of Association in line with the Companies Act 2006, from 1 October 2009 the Company no longer has authorised share capital.

Allotted, called up and fully paid (ordinary shares of 13 29⁄47p)
At 1 January 2008
Issued on exercise of share options
Repurchased and cancelled under repurchase programmes
Exchange adjustments
At 31 December 2008
Issued on exercise of share options
Exchange adjustments
At 31 December 2009 

Number of 
shares
millions

Nominal
value
$m

Share
premium
$m

Equity share
capital
$m

295
–
(9)
–
286
1
–
287

81
–
(3)
(21)
57
–
6
63

82
2
–
(23)
61
11
7
79

163
2
(3)
(44)
118
11
13
142

During 2008, 9,219,325 ordinary shares were repurchased and cancelled under the authorities granted by shareholders at an Extraordinary
General Meeting held on 1 June 2007 and at the Annual General Meeting held on 30 May 2008. The Company deferred its £150m share
repurchase programme in November 2008 in order to preserve cash and maintain the strength of the Group’s financial position. No shares
were repurchased in 2009.

The authority given to the Company at the Annual General Meeting on 29 May 2009 to purchase its own shares was still valid at
31 December 2009. A resolution to renew the authority will be put to shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on 28 May 2010.

The balance classified as equity share capital includes the total net proceeds (both nominal value and share premium) on issue of the
Company’s equity share capital, comprising 13 29⁄47p shares. The share premium reserve represents the amount of proceeds received 
for shares in excess of their nominal value.

The nature and purpose of the other reserves shown in the Group statement of changes in equity on page 62 of the financial statements 
is as follows:

Capital redemption reserve
This reserve maintains the nominal value of the equity share capital of the Company when shares are repurchased or cancelled.

Shares held by employee share trusts
Comprises $3.8m (2008 $49.2m) in respect of 0.3m (2008 3.0m) InterContinental Hotels Group PLC ordinary shares held by employee share
trusts, with a market value at 31 December 2009 of $4m (2008 $25m).

Other reserves
Comprises the merger and revaluation reserves previously recognised under UK GAAP, together with the reserve arising as a consequence
of the Group’s capital reorganisation in June 2005. Following the change in presentational currency to the US dollar in 2008 (see page 65),
this reserve also includes exchange differences arising on the retranslation to period-end exchange rates of equity share capital, the
capital redemption reserve and shares held by employee share trusts.

Unrealised gains and losses reserve
This reserve records movements to fair value of available-for-sale financial assets and the effective portion of the cumulative net change 
in the fair value of the cash flow hedging instruments related to hedged transactions that have not yet occurred.

The fair value of cash flow hedging instruments outstanding at 31 December 2009 was a $7m liability (2008 $10m liability).

Currency translation reserve
This reserve records the movement in exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign operations
and exchange differences on foreign currency borrowings and derivative instruments that provide a hedge against net investments 
in foreign operations. On adoption of IFRS, cumulative exchange differences were deemed to be $nil as permitted by IFRS 1.

During the year ended 31 December 2009, the impact of hedging net investments in foreign operations was to increase the amount 
recorded in the currency translation reserve by $8m (2008 reduce by $96m). The fair value of derivative instruments designated as 
hedges of net investments in foreign operations outstanding at 31 December 2009 was a $13m liability (2008 $nil).

Notes to the Group financial statements

103

29  Operating leases

During the year ended 31 December 2009, $51m (2008 $61m) was recognised as an expense in the Group income statement in respect 
of operating leases, net of amounts borne by the System Funds.

Total commitments under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

Due within one year
One to two years
Two to three years
Three to four years
Four to five years
More than five years

2009
$m
51
44
38
37
30
309
509

Included above are commitments of $8m (2008 $11m) which will be borne by the System Funds.

The average remaining term of these leases, which generally contain renewal options, is approximately 19 years (2008 18 years). 
No material restrictions or guarantees exist in the Group’s lease obligations. 

30  Capital and other commitments

Contracts placed for expenditure on property, plant and equipment and intangible assets not provided 
for in the Group financial statements

2009
$m

9

2008
$m
56
50
47
40
33
322
548

2008
$m

40

On 24 October 2007, the Group announced a worldwide relaunch of its Holiday Inn brand family. In support of this relaunch, IHG will make 
a non-recurring revenue investment of $60m which will be charged to the Group income statement as an exceptional item. During the
year, $19m (2008 $35m) was charged.

31  Contingencies

Contingent liabilities not provided for in the Group financial statements

2009
$m
16

2008
$m
12

In limited cases, the Group may provide performance guarantees to third-party owners to secure management contracts. The maximum
outstanding exposure under such guarantees is $106m (2008 $249m). Payments under any such guarantees are charged to the income
statement as incurred.

From time to time, the Group is subject to legal proceedings the ultimate outcome of each being always subject to many uncertainties
inherent in litigation. The Group has also given warranties in respect of the disposal of certain of its former subsidiaries. It is the view of 
the Directors that, other than to the extent that liabilities have been provided for in these financial statements, such legal proceedings 
and warranties are not expected to result in material financial loss to the Group.

G
R
O
U
P
F
I
N
A
N
C

I

S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
L

 
 
104

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Notes to the Group financial statements continued

32  Related party disclosures

Key management personnel comprises the Board and Executive Committee.

Total compensation of key management personnel
Short-term employment benefits
Post-employment benefits 
Termination benefits
Equity compensation benefits

2009
$m
9.8
0.6
0.8
9.5
20.7

2008
$m
18.4
0.7
–
12.8
31.9

There were no transactions with key management personnel during the year ended 31 December 2009 or the previous year.

33  System Funds

The Group operates funds to collect and administer assessments from hotel owners for specific use in marketing, the Priority Club loyalty
programme and the global reservation system. The Funds and loyalty programme are accounted for in accordance with the accounting
policies set out on page 69 of the financial statements.  

The following information is relevant to the operation of the Funds:

Assessment fees received from hotels*
Key elements of Funds’ expenditure:*

Marketing
Priority Club
Payroll costs

Net surplus for the year
Cumulative short-term net surplus
Loyalty programme liability
Interest payable to the Funds

2009
$m
1,008

165
210
152
43
71
470
2

2008
$m
990

211
212
155
10
28
471
12

* Not included in the Group income statement in accordance with the Group’s accounting policies.

The payroll costs above relate to 4,019 (2008 3,853) employees who are employed by the Funds.

34  Principal operating subsidiary undertakings

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC was the beneficial owner of all of the equity share capital, either itself or through subsidiary
undertakings, of the following companies during the year:

Six Continents Limiteda

Hotel Inter-Continental London Limiteda

Six Continents Hotels, Inc.b

Inter-Continental Hotels Corporationb

Barclay Operating Corp.b

InterContinental Hotels Group Resources, Inc.b

InterContinental Hong Kong Limitedc

Société Nouvelle du Grand Hotel SAd

The companies listed above include those which principally affect the amount of profit and assets of the Group.

a Incorporated in Great Britain and registered in England and Wales.

b Incorporated in the United States.

c Incorporated in Hong Kong.

d Incorporated in France.

Parent company financial statements

Notes to the Group financial statements and Parent company financial statements

105

In this section we present the
balance sheet of our parent
company, InterContinental
Hotels Group PLC, and the
related notes supporting 
the parent company balance
sheet for 2009.

Parent company financial statements

106 Parent company balance sheet

Notes to the parent company 
financial statements
1 Accounting policies
2 Employees and Directors
3 Investments
4 Debtors
5 Creditors 
6 Share capital
7 Movements in reserves
8 Reconciliation of movements 

in shareholders’ funds

9 Profit and dividends

10 Contingencies

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities
Independent auditor’s report 
to the members

107
107
107
107
108
108
108
109

109
109

109
110

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

P
A
R
E
N
T
C
O
M
P
A
N
Y

Staybridge Suites, Liverpool, UK 

 
 
 
106

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Parent company financial statements

Parent company balance sheet

31 December 2009
Fixed assets
Investments
Current assets
Debtors
Creditors: amounts falling due within one year
Net current liabilities
Total assets less current liabilities
Creditors: amounts falling due after one year 
Net assets

Capital and reserves
Called up share capital
Share premium account
Capital redemption reserve
Share-based payment reserve
Profit and loss account 
Equity shareholders’ funds

Signed on behalf of the Board

Richard Solomons
15 February 2010

Note

2009
£m

2008
£m

3

4

5

5

6

7

7

7

7

2,894

2,878

22
(2,048)
(2,026)
868
(248)
620

39
49
6
127
399
620

156
(2,526)
(2,370)
508
–
508

39
42
6
111
310
508

No profit and loss account is presented for InterContinental Hotels Group PLC as permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006.
Profit on ordinary activities after taxation amounts to £167m (2008 £186m).

Notes on pages 107 to 109 form an integral part of these financial statements.

Parent company financial statements and Notes to the parent company financial statements

107

Notes to the parent company financial statements

1  Accounting policies

Basis of accounting
The financial statements are prepared under the historical cost convention and on a going concern basis. They have been drawn up 
to comply with applicable accounting standards in the United Kingdom (UK GAAP). These accounts are for the Company and are not
consolidated financial statements.

Fixed asset investments
Fixed asset investments are stated at cost plus share-based payments capital contributions less any provision for impairment. The
Company records an increase in its investments in subsidiaries equal to the share-based payments charge recognised by its subsidiaries
with a corresponding credit to equity.

Borrowings
Borrowings are initially recognised at the fair value of the consideration received less directly attributable transaction costs. They are
subsequently measured at amortised cost. Finance charges, including the transaction costs and any discount or premium on issue, 
are charged to the profit and loss account using the effective interest rate method. 

Borrowings are classified as due after more than one year when the repayment date is more than 12 months from the balance sheet date.

Financial risk management policies
Financial risk management policies are set out in note 22 of the Group financial statements on pages 89 and 90.

Capital risk management
The Group’s capital risk management policy is set out in note 22 of the Group financial statements on page 90.

Related party transactions
The Company takes advantage of the exemption under FRS 8 and does not disclose transactions with wholly owned subsidiaries.

2  Employees and Directors

Average number of employees (Non-Executive Directors)

Staff costs

2009
6

2009
£m
1

2008
7

2008
£m
1

Detailed information on the emoluments, pensions, option holdings and shareholdings for each Director is shown in the Remuneration
Report on pages 46 to 56.

3  Investments

At 1 January 2009
Share-based payments capital contribution
At 31 December 2009

£m
2,878
16
2,894

The Company is the beneficial owner of all of the equity share capital of InterContinental Hotels Limited. The principal operating subsidiary
undertakings of that company are listed in note 34 of the Group financial statements.

4  Debtors

Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings
Corporate taxation

2009
£m
5
17
22

2008
£m
148
8
156

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

P
A
R
E
N
T
C
O
M
P
A
N
Y

 
 
 
108

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Notes to the parent company financial statements continued

5  Creditors

Amounts falling due within one year
Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings
Amounts falling due after more than one year
£250m 6% bonds

2009
£m

2008
£m

2,048

2,526

248

–

The 6% fixed interest sterling bonds were issued on 9 December 2009 and are repayable in full on 9 December 2016. Interest is payable
annually on 9 December in each year commencing 9 December 2010 to the maturity date. The bonds were initially priced at 99.465% of
face value and are unsecured.

6  Share capital

At 30 September 2009, the authorised share capital was £160,050,000 comprising 1,175,000,000 ordinary shares of 13 29⁄47p each and one
redeemable preference share of £50,000. As a result of the resolution passed at the Annual General Meeting on 29 May 2009 amending the
Articles of Association in line with the Companies Act 2006, from 1 October 2009 the Company no longer has authorised share capital.

Allotted, called up and fully paid (ordinary shares of 13 29⁄47p each)
At 31 December 2008 
Issued on exercise of share options
At 31 December 2009 

Number 
of shares
millions

286
1
287

The aggregate consideration in respect of ordinary shares issued under option schemes during the year was £7m (2008 £1m).

Options to subscribe for ordinary shares
At 31 December 2008
Exercised*
Lapsed or cancelled
At 31 December 2009
Option exercise price per ordinary share (pence)
Final exercise date

£m

39
–
39

Thousands

7,684
(1,566)
(248)
5,870
308.5-619.8
4 April 2015

* The weighted average option price was 496.2p for shares exercised under the Executive Share Option Plan and 420.5p for shares exercised under 

the Sharesave Plan.

The authority given to the Company at the Annual General Meeting on 29 May 2009 to purchase its own shares was still valid at
31 December 2009. A resolution to renew the authority will be put to shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on 28 May 2010.

No shares were repurchased in 2009 (2008 9,219,325 shares).

7  Movements in reserves 

At 1 January 2009
Premium on allotment of ordinary shares
Profit after tax
Share-based payments capital contribution
Dividends
At 31 December 2009

Share
premium
account
£m
42
7
–
–
–
49

Capital
redemption 
reserve
£m
6
–
–
–
–
6

Share-based
payments 
reserve
£m
111
–
–
16
–
127

Profit and
loss account
£m
310
–
167
–
(78)
399

Notes to the parent company financial statements and Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

109

8  Reconciliation of movements in shareholders’ funds

Earnings available for shareholders
Dividends

Issue of ordinary shares
Repurchase of ordinary shares
Share-based payments capital contribution
Net movement in shareholders’ funds
Opening shareholders’ funds 
Closing shareholders’ funds

2009
£m
167
(78)
89
7
–
16
112
508
620

2008
£m
186
(62)
124
1
(71)
27
81
427
508

9  Profit and dividends

Profit on ordinary activities after tax amounts to £167m (2008 £186m).

A final dividend, declared in the previous year, of 20.2p (2008 14.9p) per share was paid during the year, amounting to £57m (2008 £44m). 
An interim dividend of 7.3p (2008 6.4p) per share was paid during the year, amounting to £21m (2008 £18m). A final dividend of 18.7p (2008
20.2p) per share, amounting to £54m (2008 £58m), is proposed for approval at the Annual General Meeting. The proposed final dividend is
payable on shares in issue at 26 March 2010.

The audit fee of £0.02m (2008 £0.02m) was borne by a subsidiary undertaking in both years.

10  Contingencies

Contingent liabilities of £356m (2008 £923m) in respect of guarantees of the liabilities of subsidiaries have not been provided for in the
financial statements.

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

In relation to the parent company 
financial statements
The following statement, which should be read in conjunction with
the independent auditor’s report set out on the following page, is
made with a view to distinguishing for shareholders the respective
responsibilities of the Directors and of the auditor in relation to the
Company financial statements.

The Directors are responsible for preparing the parent company
financial statements and Remuneration Report in accordance with
applicable United Kingdom law and United Kingdom Generally
Accepted Accounting Practice (UK GAAP).

The Directors are required to prepare Company financial
statements for each financial year which present fairly the financial
position of the Company and the financial performance of the
Company for that period.

In preparing these financial statements, the Directors are required to:

• select suitable accounting policies and apply them consistently;

• make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable

and prudent;

• state whether applicable UK Accounting Standards have been
followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and
explained in the financial statements; and

• prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company will
continue in business.

The Directors have responsibility for ensuring that the Company
keeps accounting records which disclose with reasonable accuracy
the financial position of the Company and which enable them to
ensure that the Company financial statements comply with the
Companies Act 2006. 

The Directors have general responsibility for taking such steps as
are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the
Company and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of
the corporate and financial information included on the Group’s
website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the
preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ
from legislation in other jurisdictions.

F
I
N
A
N
C

I

A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

P
A
R
E
N
T
C
O
M
P
A
N
Y

 
 
 
110

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Independent auditor’s report to the members 
of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC

Opinion on other matters prescribed by the
Companies Act 2006
In our opinion:

• the part of the Remuneration Report to be audited has been

properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006;
and

• the information given in the Directors’ Report for the financial

year for which the financial statements are prepared is
consistent with the parent company financial statements.

Matters on which we are required to report by
exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters 
where the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, 
in our opinion:

• adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent
company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been
received from branches not visited by us; or

•  the parent company financial statements and the part of the

Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with
the accounting records and returns; or

• certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law

are not made; or 

• we have not received all the information and explanations we

require for our audit.

Other matter
We have reported separately on the Group financial statements 
of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC for the year ended
31 December 2009.

Jonathan Adam Stanton (Senior statutory auditor)
for and on behalf of Ernst & Young LLP, Statutory Auditor
London
15 February 2010

We have audited the parent company financial statements of
InterContinental Hotels Group PLC for the year ended 31 December
2009 which comprise the Company balance sheet and the related
notes 1 to 10. The financial reporting framework that has been
applied in their preparation is applicable law and United Kingdom
Accounting Standards (United Kingdom Generally Accepted
Accounting Practice).

This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, 
in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006.
Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the
Company’s members those matters we are required to state to
them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest
extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility
to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s members as
a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we
have formed.

Respective responsibilities of Directors and
auditors
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’
Responsibilities set out on page 109, the Directors are responsible
for the preparation of the parent company financial statements and
for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. Our responsibility
is to audit the parent company financial statements in accordance
with applicable law and International Standards on Auditing (UK
and Ireland). Those standards require us to comply with the
Auditing Practices Board’s (APB’s) Ethical Standards for Auditors.

Scope of the audit of the financial statements
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give reasonable
assurance that the financial statements are free from material
misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. This includes an
assessment of: whether the accounting policies are appropriate to
the parent company’s circumstances and have been consistently
applied and adequately disclosed; the reasonableness of significant
accounting estimates made by the Directors; and the overall
presentation of the financial statements.

Opinion on financial statements
In our opinion the parent company financial statements:

• give a true and fair view of the state of the Company’s affairs as

at 31 December 2009;

•  have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom

Generally Accepted Accounting Practice; and

•  have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the

Companies Act 2006.

Useful information

Independent auditor’s report and Useful information

111

Shareholder profiles
Investor information

112 Glossary
113
114
115 Dividend history and Financial calendar
116 Contacts
117

Forward-looking statements

In this section we present 
a glossary of terms used in 
the Annual Report and
Financial Statements 2009 
and some analyses of our share
ownership at the end of 2009.

We also provide a range 
of information designed to 
be helpful to shareholders 
and contact details for the
Company and for a number 
of service providers. 

Candlewood Suites, New York, USA

U
S
E
F
U
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I

O
N

 
112

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Glossary

Adjusted excluding the effect of exceptional items,

IFRS International Financial Reporting

Average daily rate

gain/loss on disposal of assets and any
relevant tax. 

room revenue divided by the number of
room nights sold. Also known as average
room rate.

Basic earnings per  profit available for IHG equity holders 

ordinary share

divided by the weighted average number 
of ordinary shares in issue during the year. 

Capital expenditure

Cash-generating unit

purchases of property, plant and
equipment, intangible assets and associate
investments.

a portfolio of similar assets that are subject
to the same economic and commercial
influences.

Comparable RevPAR a comparison for a grouping of hotels that
have traded in all months in both financial
years being compared. Principally excludes
new hotels, hotels closed for major
refurbishment and hotels sold in either 
of the two years.

Contingencies

liabilities that are contingent upon the
occurrence of one or more uncertain 
future events. 

Continuing operations

operations not classified as discontinued. 

Currency swap an exchange of a deposit and a borrowing,
each denominated in a different currency, 
for an agreed period of time.

Derivatives

Discontinued operations

a financial instrument used to reduce risk,
the price of which is derived from an
underlying asset, index or rate.

operations that have been sold and assets
classified as held for sale when the results
relate to a separate line of business,
geographical area of operations, or where
there is a co-ordinated plan to dispose 
of a separate line of business or
geographical area of operations. 

Exceptional items

items which are disclosed separately
because of their size or nature.

Extended stay hotels designed for guests staying for

periods of time longer than a few nights 
and tending to have a higher proportion of
suites than normal hotels (eg Staybridge
Suites, Candlewood Suites).

Franchisee

operator who uses a brand under licence
from the brand owner (eg IHG).

Franchisor

brand owner (eg IHG) who licenses brands
for use by operators.

Goodwill

the difference between the consideration
given for a business and the total of the 
fair values of the separable assets and
liabilities comprising that business.

Standards.

Interest rate swap an agreement to exchange fixed for 

Management contract

floating interest rate streams (or vice 
versa) on a notional principal.

a contract to operate a hotel on behalf 
of the hotel owner.

Market capitalisation the value attributed to a listed company 

by multiplying its share price by the 
number of shares in issue. 

Midscale hotels in the three/four star category 
(eg Holiday Inn, Holiday Inn Express).

Net debt

borrowings less cash and cash equivalents. 

Occupancy rate

rooms occupied by hotel guests, 
expressed as a percentage of rooms 
that are available.

Pipeline hotels/rooms that will enter the Group’s
system at a future date. A new property 
only enters the pipeline once a contract 
has been signed and the appropriate fees
paid. In rare circumstances, a hotel will 
not open for reasons such as the financing
being withdrawn.

Revenue per

room revenue divided by the number of 

available room room nights that are available (can be 

(RevPAR) mathematically derived from occupancy 

rate multiplied by average daily rate).

Room count number of rooms franchised, managed,
owned or leased by IHG.

Room revenue

revenue generated from the sale of 
room nights.

Royalty revenues

room revenue that a franchisee pays to the
brand owner for use of the brand name.

Subsidiary undertaking a company over which the Group exercises

control.

System size

the number of hotels/rooms franchised,
managed, owned or leased by IHG.

Technology income

Total gross revenue

Total Shareholder
Return (TSR)

income received from hotels under
franchise and management agreements 
for the use of IHG’s proprietary 
reservations system.

total room revenue from franchised hotels
and total hotel revenue from managed,
owned and leased hotels.

the theoretical growth in value of a 
shareholding over a period, by reference 
to the beginning and ending share price,
and assuming that gross dividends,
including special dividends, are reinvested
to purchase additional units of the equity.

UK GAAP United Kingdom Generally Accepted

Accounting Practice.

Hedging the reduction of risk, normally in relation 

Working capital

to foreign currency or interest rate
movements, by making offsetting
commitments. 

the sum of inventories, receivables and
payables of a trading nature, excluding
financing items such as corporate taxation.

Shareholder profiles

Glossary and Shareholder profiles

113

Shareholder profile as at 31 December 2009 by type

Category of holdings
Private individuals
Nominee companies
Limited and public limited companies
Other corporate bodies
Pension funds, insurance companies and banks
Total

Number of 
shareholders

Percentage of 
total shareholders

Ordinary 
shares

Percentage of 
issued share capital

54,888
2,640
274
128
13
57,943

94.73
4.56
0.47
0.22
0.02
100

21,040,274
259,923,974
2,743,686
2,621,851
646,282
286,976,067

7.33
90.57
0.96
0.91
0.23
100

Shareholder profile as at 31 December 2009 by size

Range of holdings
1 – 199
200 – 499
500 – 999
1,000 – 4,999
5,000 -9,999
10,000 – 49,999
50,000 – 99,999
100,000 – 499,999
500,000 – 999,999
1,000,000 – highest
Total

Number of 
shareholders

Percentage of 
total shareholders

Ordinary 
shares

Percentage of 
issued share capital

35,302
11,830
5,796
4,078
313
303
94
153
31
43
57,943

60.93
20.42
10.00
7.04
0.54
0.52
0.16
0.26
0.05
0.07
100

2,318,294
3,785,499
4,056,528
7,540,518
2,171,997
6,464,131
6,523,992
33,368,968
22,962,489
197,783,651
286,976,067

0.81
1.32
1.41
2.63
0.76
2.25
2.27
11.63
8.00
68.92
100

Shareholder profile as at 31 December 2009 by geographical location

Country/Jurisdiction
England and Wales
Rest of Europe
USA (including ADRs)
Rest of World
Total

Percentage of 
issued share capital1

59.51
10.20
24.69
5.60
100

1 The geographical profile presented is based on an analysis of shareholders (by manager) of 150,000 shares or above where geographical ownership is known. This

analysis only captures 84.7% of total issued share capital. Therefore, the known percentage distributions have been multiplied by 100⁄84.7 (1.181) to achieve 
the figures shown in the table above.

U
S
E
F
U
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I

O
N

 
114

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Investor information

Website and electronic communication

Share dealing services

Equiniti offer a postal dealing facility for IHG shares. For more
information on this service, call 0871 384 2132†. They also offer a
telephone and internet dealing service, Shareview Dealing, which
provides a simple and convenient way of buying and selling shares.
For telephone dealings, call 08456 037 037 between 8.00am and
4.30pm Monday to Friday, and for internet dealings log on to
www.shareview.co.uk

Individual Savings Accounts (ISAs) 
Equiniti offer ISAs in IHG shares. For further information please
contact our Registrar helpline on 0871 384 2244†.

ShareGift

The Orr Mackintosh Foundation operates this charity share
donation scheme for shareholders with small holdings of shares,
the value of which makes them uneconomic to sell. Details can be
obtained from Equiniti, the ShareGift website www.sharegift.org or
by calling ShareGift on 020 7930 3737.

Shareholder security

Many companies have become aware that their shareholders have
received unsolicited telephone calls or correspondence concerning
investment matters. These are typically from overseas-based
‘brokers’ who target UK shareholders, offering to sell them what
often turn out to be worthless or high-risk shares in US or UK
investments. These operations are commonly known as ‘boiler
rooms’. More detailed information on this or similar activity can 
be found on the Financial Services Authority website
www.moneymadeclear.fsa.gov.uk

Details of any share dealing facilities that the Company endorses
will be included in Company mailings.

American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) 
The Company’s shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange
in the form of American Depositary Shares, evidenced by ADRs and
traded under the symbol ‘IHG’.

Each ADR represents one ordinary share. All enquiries regarding
ADR holder accounts and payment of dividends should be directed
to JPMorgan Chase & Co., our authorised depositary bank (details
shown on page 116). 

Form 20-F 

The Company is subject to the reporting requirements of the
Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) in the US and files with
the SEC an Annual Report on Form 20-F. The Form 20-F can be
found on the Company’s website www.ihgplc.com/investors under
shareholder centre/ADR holders or by visiting the SEC’s website 
at www.sec.gov/edgar.shtml

†Telephone calls to these numbers are currently charged at 8p per minute 
if using a BT landline. Other telephony provider costs may vary. 

As part of the Company’s commitment to reducing the cost and
environmental impact of producing and distributing printed
documents in very large quantities, IHG’s Annual Report and
Annual Review have been made available to the majority of
shareholders through the Company’s website
www.ihgplc.com/investors under shareholder centre/reports. 

Shareholders may appoint electronically a proxy to vote on their
behalf on any poll that may be held at the forthcoming Annual
General Meeting. Shareholders who hold their shares through
CREST may appoint proxies through the CREST electronic proxy
appointment service, by using the procedures described in the
CREST manual. 

Shareholder Hotel Discount Promotion
IHG is currently operating a promotion for discounted hotel stays
(subject to availability) for registered shareholders, through a
dedicated, controlled access website. For further details please
contact the Company Secretariat at the registered office on
01895 512 000 or email companysecretariat@ihg.com

Changes to the base cost of IHG shares
Details of all the changes to the base cost of IHG shares held 
since April 2003 up to December 2009, for UK Capital Gains 
Tax purposes, may be found on the Company’s website at
www.ihgplc.com/investors under shareholder centre/tax
information.

Corporate Responsibility Report

IHG has published an online Corporate Responsibility Report for
2009 covering progress on a range of environmental, social and
community issues. This is available on our corporate website and 
can be downloaded directly at www.ihgplc.com/responsibility

Registrar

For enquiries concerning individual shareholdings, notification 
of a shareholder’s change of address and for information on a
range of shareholder services please contact the Company’s
Registrar, Equiniti, on 0871 384 2132† (UK callers) 
or +44 121 415 7034 (non-UK callers).

Dividend services

The Company offers a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRIP) for
shareholders to purchase additional IHG shares with their cash
dividends. For further information about the DRIP, please contact
our Registrar helpline on 0871 384 2268†. A DRIP application and
information booklet are available on the Company’s website
www.ihgplc.com/investors under shareholder centre/dividends.

Shareholders who would like their dividends to be paid directly into
a bank or building society account, or who wish to amalgamate
their shareholder accounts in order to avoid duplicate mailing of
shareholder communications should contact our Registrar.

Overseas shareholders can have their dividends paid direct to their
bank account or by cheque in another major currency. Please
contact our Registrar for further details. Charges are payable for
this service.

If you think that you have out of date dividend warrants or
outstanding dividend payments please contact our Registrar 
for further information.

Investor information, Dividend history and Financial calendar

115

Share price information

The latest share price is available in the financial press, on Ceefax and Teletext and also on the Financial Times Cityline Service, telephone
09058 171690 (calls charged at 75p per minute from a BT landline). Further details of the share price may be found on the Company’s
website www.ihgplc.com/investors under shareholder centre/share price.

Share price 2009: InterContinental Hotels Group PLC v FTSE 100 

1,000

900

800

700

600

500

400

)
e
c
n
e
p
(

Jan

Feb

Mar

Apr

May

Jun

Jul

Aug

Sep

Oct

Nov

Dec

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC – Share price

FTSE 100 – Index 

Source: Datastream

Dividend history

The table below details the interim and final dividends per share (pence) and per ADR (cents) paid by IHG since 2003.

2009
2008*
2007
2006
2005
2004
2003 

Interim dividend 

Final dividend 

Total dividend

pence
7.30
6.40
5.70
5.10
4.60
4.30
4.05

cents
12.20
12.20
11.50
9.60
8.10
7.70
6.80

pence
18.70
20.20
14.90
13.30
10.70
10.00
9.45

cents
29.20
29.20
29.20
25.90
18.70
19.10
17.40

pence
26.00
26.60
20.60
18.40
15.30
14.30
13.50

cents
41.40
41.40
40.70
35.50
26.80
26.80
24.20

(Excludes special dividends and capital returns)

*

IHG changed the reporting currency of its Group accounts from sterling to US dollars effective from the half-year results 
as at 30 June 2008. Starting with the interim dividend for 2008, all dividends have first been determined in US dollars and
converted into sterling immediately before announcement.

Financial calendar

Payment of interim dividend of 7.3p per share (12.2 cents per ADR)
Financial year end 

Preliminary announcement of annual results
Final dividend of 18.7p per share (29.2 cents per ADR): 

Announcement of first quarter results 
Annual General Meeting
Final dividend of 18.7p per share (29.2 cents per ADR): 
Announcement of interim results 
Interim dividend: 
Announcement of third quarter results 
Financial year end 

Preliminary announcement of annual results 

Ex-dividend date
Record date

Payment date

Payment date

2009
2 October
31 December

2010
16 February
24 March
26 March
11 May
28 May
4 June
10 August
October
9 November
31 December

2011
February

U
S
E
F
U
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I

O
N

 
116

IHG Annual Report and Financial Statements 2009

Contacts

Registered office
Broadwater Park 
Denham 
Buckinghamshire 
UB9 5HR

Telephone +44 (0) 1895 512 000 

Fax

+44 (0) 1895 512 101

www.ihg.com

For general information about 
the Group’s business please 
contact the Corporate Affairs 
department at the above 
address. For all other enquiries 
please contact the Company 
Secretariat at the above 
address or email 
companysecretariat@ihg.com

Registrar
Equiniti
Aspect House
Spencer Road
Lancing 
West Sussex 
BN99 6DA 

ADR depositary
JPMorgan Chase & Co
PO Box 64504
St. Paul 
MN 55164-0504 
USA

Telephone (800) 990 1135

Priority Club Rewards
If you wish to enquire about, or
to join Priority Club Rewards,
IHG’s loyalty programme for
frequent travellers, please go 
to www.priorityclub.com or
telephone: 

Telephone 0871 384 2132*†

(US callers – toll free)

0871 226 1111‡ (UK callers)

(UK callers) 

+44 121 415 7034 
(non-UK callers) 

www.shareview.co.uk 

*For those with hearing difficulties 
a text phone is available on 
0871 384 2255† for UK callers 
with compatible equipment. 

†Telephone calls to these numbers 
are currently charged at 8p per 
minute if using a BT landline. 
Other telephony provider costs 
may vary.

+1 651 453 2128 
(non-US callers)

Email:
jpmorgan.adr@wellsfargo.com
www.adr.com

Stockbrokers
JPMorgan Cazenove Limited 
Bank of America Merrill Lynch

Auditors
Ernst & Young LLP

Investment bankers
Citi
JPMorgan Cazenove Limited
Bank of America Merrill Lynch

Solicitors
Linklaters LLP

+44 (0) 870 607 2582 
(non-UK callers) (in Europe,
Middle East and Africa) 
(toll charges apply);

1 888 211 9874 
(in US and Canada) (toll free); 

00 1 800 272 9273 
(in Mexico) (toll free);

+1 801 975 3013 (Spanish) 
(in Central and South America)
(toll charges apply); 

+1 801 975 3063 (English) 
(in Central and South America)
(toll charges apply);

+63 2 857 8788 
(from most countries in Asia
Pacific) (toll charges apply). 

‡Telephone calls to this number 
are charged at 10p per minute.
Standard network rates apply. 
Calls from mobiles will be higher.

For further investor information visit www.ihgplc.com/investors

Contacts and Forward-looking statements

117

Forward-looking statements

Both the Annual Report and Financial
Statements 2009 and the Annual Review and
Summary Financial Statement 2009 contain
certain forward-looking statements as defined
under US legislation (Section 21E of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934) with respect to
the financial condition, results of operations and
business of InterContinental Hotels Group and
certain plans and objectives of the Board of
Directors of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC
with respect thereto. Such statements include,
but are not limited to, statements made in the
Chairman’s statement and in the Chief
Executive’s review. These forward-looking
statements can be identified by the fact that they
do not relate only to historical or current facts.
Forward-looking statements often use words
such as ‘anticipate’, ‘target’, ‘expect’, ‘estimate’,
‘intend’, ‘plan’, ‘goal’, ‘believe’, or other words of
similar meaning. These statements are based 
on assumptions and assessments made by
InterContinental Hotels Group’s management in
light of their experience and their perception of
historical trends, current conditions, expected
future developments and other factors they
believe to be appropriate. 

By their nature, forward-looking statements are
inherently predictive, speculative and involve risk
and uncertainty. There are a number of factors
that could cause actual results and
developments to differ materially from those
expressed in, or implied by, such forward-looking
statements, including, but not limited to: 

the risks involved with the Group’s reliance on the
reputation of its brands and the protection of its
intellectual property rights; the risks related to
identifying, securing and retaining franchise and
management agreements; the effect of political
and economic developments; the organisational
capability to manage changes in key personnel
and senior management; events that adversely
impact domestic or international travel; the 
risks involved in the Group’s reliance upon its
proprietary reservations system and increased
competition in reservations infrastructure; the
risks in relation to technology and systems; the
risks of the hotel industry supply and demand
cycle; the possible lack of selected development
opportunities; the risks related to corporate
responsibility; the risk of litigation; the risks
associated with the Group’s ability to maintain
adequate insurance; the risks associated with 
the Group’s ability to borrow and satisfy debt
covenants; compliance with data privacy
regulations; the risks related to information
security; and the risks associated with funding
the defined benefits under its pension plans.

The main factors that could affect the business
and financial results are described in the
Business Review of the Annual Report and
Financial Statements 2009 and also in any
Annual Report of InterContinental Hotels 
Group PLC on Form 20-F.

Designed and produced by Likemind 

www.likemind.com

Printed by Royle Print

This Report is printed on 9lives 80 Silk which is
made up of 60% FSC post-consumer recycled fibre,
20% pre-consumer recycled fibre and 20% FSC
virgin fibre from FSC managed forests. Our printer
is also FSC and Carbon Neutral accredited.

U
S
E
F
U
L

I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I

O
N

 
InterContinental Hotels Group PLC
Broadwater Park, Denham
Buckinghamshire UB9 5HR 
United Kingdom
Telephone  +44 (0) 1895 512 000
+44 (0) 1895 512 101
Fax 

make a booking at www.ihg.com